Skip to main content

Full text of "Miniature fruit garden and modern orchard"

See other formats


MlN 


L.     "Tl    T  T 


UNIVERSITY  OF  B.C.   LIBRARY 


3  9424  00126  0550 


Garden 


SIGNAGE  iTfc* 

Lpl-H9E 
U.B.C  LIBRARY 


an cis  Rivers 


4*Wj*  $&fap#t&%fag&£ 


H     m 

■nets*   H» 


Si       GP 


TEE 

CULTURE  OF  FRUIT  TREES 


printed  by 
spottis'svoode  and  co.,  new-street  squakb 

LONDON 


THE 

MINIATURE  FRUIT   GARDEN 

AND 

MODERN    ORCHARD 

ob    THE  CULTURE    op 
PYRAMIDAL  AND  BUSH  FRUIT  TREES 

WITH 

INSTRUCTIONS  FOR   ROOT- PRUNING 


Mel.  Truly,  Sir,  a  fair  garden  !  here  have  you  governed  nature  by  your  art ; 
your  ordered  ranks  of  fruitful  trees  are  thankful  for  your  care,  and 
for  your  reward  give  you  of  their  best 

Hort.  You  do  me  too  much  honour,  friend !  {Old  Play) 

Insere,  Daphni,  piros,  carpent  tua  poma  nepotes — Vieg.  Eel.  ix 


BY 

THOMAS   EIVEES   and   T.  FRANCIS   RIVERS 

TWENTIETH     EDITION 

LONDON 
LONGMANS,     GREEN,     AND     CO. 

AND  NEW  YOEK  :  15  EAST  16th  STREET 

1891 

All     rights    reserved 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

University  of  British  Columbia  Library 


http://www.archive.org/details/miniaturefruitgOOrive 


PREFACE 


The  publication  of  the  twentieth  edition  is  a  satisfac- 
tory proof  of  the  successful  application  of  the  rules  laid 
down  in  the  preceding  editions.  I  am  happy  to  think 
that  the  work  has  contributed  to  the  pleasure  of  many 
by  drawing  their  attention  to  the  fact  that  fruit  trees 
may  be  cultivated  in  a  smaller  space  than  was  formerly 
supposed  to  be  possible,  and  I  hope  that  with  the 
spread  of  knowledge  the  pleasure  aud  profit  derived 
from  the  cultivation  of  small  fruit  trees  may  be  ex- 
tended to  many  cottage  gardens  in  England. 

I  may  here  remark  that  apples  on  the  Paradise 
stock  are  especially  suited  for  cottagers.  With  a  good 
selection  of  trees  on  this  stock,  the  cottage  may  compete 
successfully  at  autumnal  shows  with  the  garden  of  the 
mansion,  and  in  certain  situations,  well  selected,  the 
fine  varieties  of  Belgian  and  French  pears — peculiarly 
the  property  of  skilful  and  wealthy  horticulturists — 
will,  by  attention  to  the  simple  rules  given  in  this 
work,  be  exhibited  by  the  humble  but  triumphant 
cottager. 


vi  PREFACE 

I  cannot — and  it  is  not  a  matter  of  regret — add 
anything  new.  Trees  do  not  change  their  nature,  and 
the  rules  for  their  cultivation  in  one  year,  if  sound, 
must  be  the  same  in  all  succeeding  years. 

I  have  endeavoured  to  point  out  a  method  of  making 
condensed  orchards  on  a  system  which  I  believe  to  be 
sound,  as  it  is  no  theory  but  practice.  I  can  only 
hope  that  the  present  edition  may  deserve  the  same 
success  that  has  hitherto  attended  all  the  previous 
editions. 

T.  Francis  Eivers. 

October  1891. 


PREFACE   TO   TEE  SIXTEENTH  EDITION 
By  Thomas  Rivers 


In  giving  the  seventeenth  thousand  of  my  little  book 
to  the  public,  I  trust  I  may  be  allowed  to  express  my 
pleasure  and  gratitude  for  its  success — perfectly  un- 
precedented in  books  devoted  to  horticulture.  The 
reception  given  to  it  by  those  numerous  and  increasing 
horticultural  amateurs  who  seem  to  love  to  devote  their 
leisure  to  the  culture  of  fruit  and  fruit  trees  has  been 
to  me  a  source  of  much  pleasure.  For  thirty  years  and 
more  have  I  watched  the  growth  of  this  taste  in 
England,  and  more  particularly  in  those  who  garden 
with  their  own  hands  and  heads ;  it  is  such  men  that 
form  the  true  vanguard  of  fruit  culturists,  for  they 
almost  invariably  improve  on  any  suggestion  given  by 
a  writer ;  and,  if  I  wanted  them,  I  could  fill  a  volume 
with  letters  from  clever  amateurs  who  have  given  new 
ideas,  always  suggestive  if  not  always  practicable.  As 
a  prominent  but  not  new  feature  in  this  enlarged 
edition,  I  may  refer  to  the  management,  and  above  all 
the   protection,   of  low  lateral   cordon   fruit  trees.     I 


PREFACE  TO  THE   SIXTEENTH  EDITION 

have  also  pointed  oat  more  forcibly  than  in  former 
editions  the  capability  of  growing  choice  pears  and 
apples  on  any  low  cheap  walls,  and  also  against  walls 
in  kitchen  gardens  not  fully  furnished  with  trees — 
in  short,  in  all  bare  spaces  so  often  found  between 
wall  trees  in  old  gardens.  These  methods  of  culti- 
vating choice  pears  and  the  finer  kinds  of  American 
apples  are  worthy  of  much  more  attention  than  they 
have  hitherto  received. 

The  method  of  cultivating  plums  as  vertical  single 
cordons  has  been  practised  here  for  some  few  years ; 
it  is  original,  highly  worthy  of  attention,  and  may  be 
made  a  profitable  venture,  not  only  for  the  amateur 
but  for  the  market  gardener. 

The  management  of  those  charming  structures, 
ground  vineries,  is  in  this  edition  more  fully  gone  into 
than  before  ;  in  short,  all  the  modes  of  culture  hitherto 
recommended  have  been  revised  and  made  as  perfect  as 
practice  can  make  them,  for  it  must  be  recollected  that 
all  the  modes  of  culture  here  recommended  have  been 
well  tested,  and  no  foreign  practice  recommended  till 
found  adapted  to  our  wet  English  climate,  the  mean 
temperature  of  which  is  just  about  two  degrees  too 
low  for  the  choice  kinds  of  fruits  to  ripen  without 
assistance. 

mler  1870. 


INTRODUCTION  TO   THE  FIRST  EDITION 
By  Thomas  Rivers 


My  attention  was  drawn  to  the  benefits  fruit  trees  derive 
from  root-pruning  and  frequent  removal  about  the  year 
1810.  I  was  then  a  youth,  with  a  most  active  fruit-appe- 
tite, and  if  a  tree  bearing  superior  fruit  could  be  discovered 
in  my  father's  orchard  I  was  very  constant  in  my  visits 
to  it. 

In  those  days  there  was  in  the  old  nursery,  first  cropped 
with  trees  by  my  grandfather  about  the  middle  of  last 
century,  a  'quarter' — i.e.,  a  piece  of  ground  devoted  to  the 
reception  of  refuse  trees — of  such  trees  as  were  too  small 
or  weak  for  customers  ;  so  that  in  taking  up  trees  for 
orders  during  the  winter  they  were  left,  and,  in  spring,  all 
taken  up  and  transplanted  to  the  '  hospital  quarter,'  as  the 
labourers  called  it.  The  trees  in  this  quarter  were  taken 
up,  often  annually,  and  planted  nearer  together,  on  the 
same  piece  of  ground.  This  old  nursery  consisted  of  about 
eight  acres,  the  soil  of  a  deep  reddish  loam,  inclining  to 
clay,  in  which  fruit  trees  flourished  and  grew  vigorously. 
I  soon  found  that  it  was  but  of  little  use  to  look  among 
the  young  free-growing  trees  for  fruit,  but  among  the  re- 
fuse trees,  and  to  the  'hospital  quarter'  I  was  indebted 
for  many  a  fruit-feast — such  Ribston  Pippins  !  such  Golden 
Pippins ! 


X  INTRODUCTION 

When  I  came  to  a  thinking  age,  I  hecame  anxious  to 
know  why  those  refuse  trees  never  made  strong  vigorous 
shoots,  like  those  growing  in  their  own  immediate  neigh- 
bourhood, and  yet  nearly  always  bore  good  crops  of  fruit. 
Many  years  elapsed  before  I  saw  'the  reason  why,'  and 
long  afterwards  I  was  advised  by  a  friend,  a  F.H.S.,  to 
write  a  crude,  short  paper  on  the  subject,  and  send  it  to 
be  read  at  a  meeting  of  the  Horticultural  Society  :  this 
paper  is  published  in  their  'Transactions.'  I  had  then 
practised  it  several  years  ;  so  that  I  may  now  claim  a 
little  attention,  if  the  old  adage  that  '  practice  makes  per- 
fect '  be  worthy  of  notice. 

This  little  work  is  not  designed  for  the  gardens  and 
gardeners  of  the  wealthy  and  great,  but  for  those  who  take 
a  personal  interest  in  fruit-tree  culture,  and  who  look  on 
their  garden  as  a  never-failing  source  of  amusement.  In 
some  few  favoured  districts,  fruit  trees,  without  any  extra 
cai*e  in  planting  and  after-management,  will  bear  good 
crops,  and  remain  healthy  for  many  years.  It  is  not  so  in 
gardens  with  unfavourable  soils  :  and  they  are  greatly  in 
the  majority.  It  is  to  those  possessing  such,  and  more 
particularly  to  the  possessors  of  small  gardens,  that  the 
directions  here  given  may  prove  of  value.  The  object 
constantly  had  in  view  is  to  make  fruit  trees  healthy  and 
fruitful,  by  keeping  their  roots  near  the  surface.  The  root- 
pruning  and  biennial  or  occasional  removal,  so  earnestly 
recommended,  are  the  proper  means  to  bring  about  these 
results,  as  they  place  the  roots  within  the  influence  of  the 
sun  and  air.  The  ground  over  the  roots  of  garden  trees  as 
generally  cultivated  is  dug  once  or  twice  a  year,  so  that 
every  surface-fibre  is  destroyed  and  the  larger  roots  driven 
downwards  ;  they,  consequently,  imbibe  crude,  watery  sap, 
which  loads  to  much  apparent  luxuriance  in  the  trees. 
This,  in  the  end,  is  fatal  to  their  well-doing,  for  the 
vigorous  shoots  made  annually  are  seldom  or  never  ripened 


INTRODUCTION  xi 

sufficiently  to  form  blossom -buds.  Canker  then  comes  on, 
and  although  the  trees  do  not  die,  they  rarely  give  fruit, 
and  in  a  few  years  become  victims  of  bad  culture,  existing 
in  a  sort  of  living  death. 

There  is,  perhaps,  no  fruit  tree  that  claims  or  deserves 
our  attention  equal  to  a  pear.  How  delicious  is  a  fine  melt- 
ing pear  all  the  winter  months  !  and  to  what  a  lengthened 
period  in  the  spring  may  they  be  brought  to  table  !  Till 
lately,  Beurre  Ranee  has  been  our  best  spring  pear  ;  but 
this  i3  a  most  uncertain  variety,  rarely  keeping  till  the  end 
of  May,  and  often  ripening  in  January  and  February. 

The  Belgian  pears,  raised  many  years  since  by  the  late 
Major  Esperen,  and  more  recently  by  Monsieur  Gregoire, 
are  likely  for  the  present  to  be  the  most  valuable  for  pro- 
longing the  season  of  rich  melting  pears  ;  and  of  these 
Josephine  de  Malines  and  Bergamotte  d'Esperen  are  espe- 
cially deserving  of  notice  ;  they  have  the  excellent  quality 
of  ripening  slowly.  But  improvement  will,  I  have  no 
doubt,  yet  take  place  j  for  pears  are  so  easily  raised  from 
seed,  and  so  soon  brought  into  bearing  by  grafting  or 
buckling  them  on  the  quince  stock,  that  new  and  valuable 
late  pears  will  soon  be  as  plentiful  as  new  roses. 

In  the  following  pages  it  will  be  seen  that  I  strongly 
advocate  the  culture  of  pyramidal  fruit  trees.  This  is  no 
new  idea  with  me.  I  have  paid  many  visits  to  the  Conti- 
nental gardens  during  the  greater  portion  of  my  active  life 
in  business,  and  have  always  admired  their  pyramidal  trees 
when  well  managed,  and  I  have  for  many  years  cultivated 
them  for  my  amusement ;  but,  owing  to  a  seeming  preju- 
dice against  them  amongst  some  English  gardeners,  I  was 
for  some  time  deterred  from  recommending  them,  for  I 
thought  that  men  older  than  myself  must  know  better ; 
and  when  I  heard  some  of  our  market-gardeners  and  large 
fruit  growers  in  the  neighbourhood  of  London  scoff  at 
pears  grafted  on  the  quince  stock  as  giving  fruit  of  a  very 


Xli  INTRODUCTION 

inferior  flavour,  I  concluded,  like  an  Englishman,  that  the 
foreigners  were  very  ignorant,  and  very  far  behind  us  in 
the  culture  of  fruit  trees. 

It  was  only  by  repeated  visits  to  foreign  gardens  that 
this  prejudice  was  dispelled.  I  felt  convinced  that  our 
neighbours  excelled  us  in  the  management  of  fruit  trees 
adapted  to  the  open  borders  of  our  gardens.  I  have  there- 
fore endeavoured  to  make  the  culture  of  pyramidal  trees 
easy  to  the  uninitiated  ;  and,  having  profited  largely  by 
experience  in  attending  to  it  with  my  own  hands,  I  trust 
that  my  readers  will  benefit  by  the  result. 

A  humid,  mild  climate  seems  extremely  favourable  to 
the  well-doing  of  the  pear  on  the  quince  stock.  Jersey, 
with  its  moist  warm  climate,  as  is  well  known,  produces 
the  finest  pears  in  Europe  :  these  are,  for  the  most  part, 
from  trees  on  quince  stocks.  The  western  coast  of  Scot- 
land, I  have  reason  to  know,  is  favourable  for  the  culture 
of  pear  trees  on  the  quince  ;  and  within  these  very  few 
years  Ireland  has  proved  remarkably  so,  more  particularly 
in  the  south,  where  some  of  our  finest  varieties  of  pears  on 
quince  stocks  are  cultivated  with  perfect  success. 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 

Pyramidal  Teak  Trees  on  the  Quince  Stock        .        .  l 

The  Young  Pyramid 5 

The  Mature  Pyramid 8 

Soot-pruning    of    Pyramidal    Pear    Trees    on 

Quince  Stocks  ........  13 

Pyramids  for  Market  Gardens       ....  18 

Ornamental  Pyramidal  Pear  Trees  on  Quince 

Stocks        .........  20 

Pear  Trees  as  Bushes  ok  the  Quince  Stock      .  20 

Pear  Trees  on  the  Quince  Stock,  trained  as  Cordons  26 

Cordon  Pears  on  Trellises  under  Glass   .        .        .    .  35 

Horizontal  Cordon  Pear  Trees  on  Dwarf  Walls        .  39 

Espalier  Pears  on  Quince  Stocks 43 

Pear  Trees  trained  as  Single  Vertical  Cordons        .  47 

Diagonal  Single  Cordons 48 

Pear- Tree  Hedge 53 

Pyramids  on  the  Pear  Stock 54 

Root-pruning  of  Fruit  Trees 59 

Planting  and  After-management 61 


XIV  CONTEXTS 

PAGE 

Gathering  the  Fbuit 66 

Keeping  Peaks  in  a  Greenhouse 69 

Pyramidal  Apple  Trees  on  the  Paradise  Apple  Stock  71 

Apples  as  Bushes  on  the  Paradise  Stock  .        .        .    .  79 

Apples  as  Bushes  for  Market  Gardens  ....  83 

Apples  and   Pears  as    Single  and    Double    Lateral 

Cordons 87 

Shelter  Trenches         96 

Vertical  Cordon  Apple  Trees 97 

Apples  as  Wall  Trees 98 

Pyramidal  Apples  on  the  Crab  Stock        .        .        .    .  100 

Pyramidal  Plum  Trees 102 

Plum  Trees  as  Bushes 105 

Plum  Trees  as  Cordons 106 

Market  Garden  Plum  Trees 108 

Cherries  as   Bushes  and  Pyramids  on  the   Mahaleb 

Stock  (Cerasus  viahaleb) 109 

Cherries  as  Single  Vertical  Cordons         .        .        .    .  115 

blgarreau  and  heart  cherries  a3  pyramids  on  the 

Common  Cherry  Stock 117 

Filberts  and  Nuts  as  Standards 120 

Figs  as  Half  Standards  or  Bushes 121 

Seedling  Fruits 123 

The  Biennial  Eemoyal  of  Fruit  Trees  without  Root- 
pruning         .                125 

Pyramid  Orchards 126 

Double  Grafting  of  Fruit  Trees 130 

Renovating  Old  Standard  Pear  Tbhes        .        .        .    .  135 

How  to  Prepare  a  Peach  Tree  Border  in  Light  Soils  136 


CONTENTS  XV 

PAGE 

A  Cheap  Method  op  Protecting  Wall  Trees    .        .    .  137 

Standard  Orchard  Trees    139 

Insects  peculiar  to  the  Pear 142 

Methods  op  Planting  small  Pyramid  Trees  .        .        .  145 

Proper  Distances  for  Planting  Pit        .  al  and  oth  or 

Fruit  Trees 146 

Miniature  Fruit  Garden  Calend             ....  148 


APPENDi: 

The  Ground  Vinery  .        .        .        .  .        .        .    .  151 

Planting  and  Pruning  Vines  froji  .        .        .  160 

Cordon  Training 164 


APPENDIX 

Insect  Pests,  by  H.  Somers  River-:                .        .        .         186 
INDEX 207 


THE 

MINIATURE  FRUIT  GARDEN 


PYRAMIDAL   PEAR   TREES   ON   THE 
QUINCE   STOCK 

There  is  no  description  of  fruit  trees  more  interesting 
to  cultivate  in  our  gardens  than  the  pyramid — a  name 
adopted  from  the  French,  the  originators  of  this  species 
of  culture.  The  word  conical  would,  perhaps,  convey  a 
better  idea  of  the  shape  of  such  trees ;  but  as  pyramidal 
trees  are  now  familiar  things  in  English  gardens,  it  is 
scarcely  worth  while  to  attempt  to  give  a  new  name  to 
these  very  pretty  garden  trees. 

For  gardens  with  a  moderately  deep  and  fertile 
soil,  pears  budded  on  the  quince  stock  will  be  found 
to  make  by  far  the  most  fruitful  and  quick-bearing 
trees;  indeed,  if  prepared  by  one  or  two  removals, 
their  roots  become  a  perfect  mass  of  fibres,  and  their 
stems  and  branches  full  of  blossom-buds.  Trees  of 
this  description  may  be  planted  in  the  autumn,  with 


2^ 


2  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

a  certainty  of  having  a  crop  of  fruit  the  first  season 
after  planting — always  recollecting  that  a  spring  frost 
may  destroy  the  blossoms  unless  the  trees  are  pro- 
tected. It  must  always  be  recollected  that  pears  on 
quince  stocks  are  strictly  garden  trees,  and  not  adapted 
for  orchards. 

The  most  eligible  season  for  planting  pyramidal 
pear  trees  is  during  the  months  of  November  and 
December,  but  they  may  be  planted  even  until  the 
end  of  March ;  in  planting  so  late,  no  fruit  must  be 
expected  the  first  season.  Still  I  ought  to  say  here 
that  I  have  frequently  removed  pear  trees  on  the 
quince  stock  in  March  and  April,  just  as  the  blossom- 
buds  were  bursting,  and  have  had  fine  fruit  the  same 
season,  particularly  if  sharp  frosts  occurred  in  May. 
The  buds  being  retarded,  the  blossoms  opened  after 
the  usual  period,  and  thus  escaped.  The  experiment 
is  quite  worth  trying  in  seasons  when  the  buds  swell 
very  early. 

About  ten  or  fifteen  fruit  may  be  permitted  to 
ripen  the  first  season ;  the  following  season  one  to 
two  dozen  will  be  as  many  as  the  tree  ought  to  be 
allowed  to  bring  to  perfection  ;  increasing  the  number 
as  the  tree  increases  in  vigour,  always  remembering 
that  a  few  full-sized  and  well-ripened  pears  are  to  be 
preferred  to  a  greater  number  inferior  in  size  and 
quality. 

The  engraving  (fig.  1  on  the  following  page)  is 
a  faithful  portrait  of  a  pyramidal  tree  of  the  Beurre 


AMIUAL  PEAE   TEEES   ON  THE   QUINCE   STOCK      3 


2  ^fe^ 


Fig.  1 


b  2 


4  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

de  Capiaumont  pear  budded  on  the  quince ;  it  was 
about  ten  years  old,  and  had  been  root-pruned  three 
times.  Nothing  could  be  more  interesting  than  this 
tree,  only  six  feet  high,  laden  with  fruit  of  extra- 
ordinary beauty ;  for,  in  this  soil,  pears  on  quince 
stocks  produce  fruit  of  much  greater  beauty,  and  of 
finer  flavour,  than  those  on  pear  stocks.  I  have, 
however,  introduced  the  figure  as  much  to  show  its 
imperfection  as  its  beauty ;  it  will  be  observed  that  its 
lower  tiers  of  branches  are  not  sufficiently  developed ; 
this  was  owing  to  neglect  when  the  tree  was  young — 
the  upper  branches  were  suffered  to  grow  too  luxu- 
riantly. Summer  pinching  in  the  youth  of  the  tree  is 
the  only  remedy  for  this  defect,  if  it  be  not  well 
furnished  below ;  and  a  severe  remedy  it  is,  for  all  the 
young  shoots  on  the  upper  tiers,  including  the  leader, 
must  be  pinched  closely  in  May  and  June,  till  the  lower 
ones  have  made  young  shoots  of  a  sufficient  length 
to  give  uniformity  to  the  tree.  This  requires  much 
attention. 

Pyramids,  bushes,  and  cordons  are  the  trees  best 
adapted  for  small  gardens.  To  those  conversant  with 
such  matters,  I  need  only  point  to  the  very  numerous 
instances  of  rich  garden  ground  entirely  ruined  by 
being  shaded  by  large  spreading  standards,  or  half- 
standard  unpruned  fruit  trees.  Now,  by  cultivating 
pyramidal  pears  of  the  quince,  apples  in  the  same 
form  on  the  paradise  stock,  the  cherry  as  pyramids 
and  dwarf  bushes  on  the  Cerasus  Mahaleb,  and  the 


PYEAMIDAL  PEAE  TEEES   ON  THE   QUINCE   STOCK     5 

plum  as  a  pyramidal  tree,  scarcely  any  ground  will  be 
shaded,  and  more  abundant  crops  and  finer  fruit  will 
be  obtained. 


THE  YOUNG   PYRAMID 

If  a  young  gardener  intends  to  plant,  and  wishes  to 
train  up  his  trees  so  that  they  will  become  quite  perfect 
in  shape,  he  should  select  plants  one  year  old  from  the 
bud  or  graft,  with  single  upright  stems ;  these  will,  of 
course,  have  good  buds  down  to  the  junction  of  the 
graft  with  the  stock.  The  first  spring  a  tree  of  this 
description  should  be  headed  down,  so  as  to  leave  the 
stem  about  eighteen  inches  long.  If  the  soil  be  rich, 
from  five  to  six  and  seven  shoots  will  be  produced ;  one 
of  these  must  be  made  the  leader,  and,  if  not  inclined  to 
be  quite  perpendicular,  it  must  be  fastened  to  a  stake. 
As  soon,  in  summer,  as  the  leading  shoot  is  ten  inches 
long,  its  end  must  be  pinched  off;  and  if  it  pushes  forth 
two  or  more  shoots,  pinch  off  all  but  one  to  three  leaver, 
leaving  the  topmost  for  a  leader.  The  side  shoots  will, 
in  most  cases,  assume  a  regular  shape;  if  not,  they  may 
be  this  first  season  tied  to  slight  stakes,  to  make  them 
grow  in  the  proper  direction.  This  is  best  done  by 
bringing  down  and  fastening  the  end  of  each  shoot  to 
a  slight  stake,  so  that  an  open  pyramid  may  be  formed 
— for  if  it  is  too  close  and  cypress-like,  enough  air  is 
not  admitted  to  the  fruit.     They  may  remain  unpruned 


6  THE    MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

till  the  end  of  September,  when  each  shoot  must  be 
shortened  to  within  eight  buds  of  the  stem.  This  will 
leave  the  tree  like  the  annexed  figure  (fig.  2),  and  no 
pruning  in  winter  will  be  required. 

The   second    season   the   tree   will   make  vigorous 
growth ;     the    side    shoots    which   were    stopped    last 


Fig.  2 

September  will  each  put  forth  three,  four,  or  more 
shoots.  In  June,  as  soon  as  these  have  made  seven  or 
ten  leaves,  nip  out  the  terminal  buds  of  all  hut  the 
leading  shoot  of  each  side  branch  ;  this  must  be  left  on 
to  exhaust  the  tree  of  its  superabundant  sap,  till  the 


THE   YOUNG  PYRAMID  7 

middle  or  end  of  September.  The  perpendicular  leader 
must  be  stopped  once  or  twice ;  in  short,  as  soon  as 
it  has  grown  ten  inches  pinch  off  its  top,  and  if  it 
break  into  two  or  three  shoots  pinch  them  all  but  the 
leader,  as  directed  for  the  first  season ;  in  a  few  years 
most  symmetrical  trees  may  be  formed. 

•  When  they  have  attained  the  height  of  six  or  eight 
feet,  and  are  still  in  a  vigorous  state,  it  will  be  neces- 
sary to  commence  root-pruning,  to  bring  them  into  a 
fruitful  state. 

If  some  of  the  buds  in  the  stem  of  a  young  tree 
prove  dormant,  so  that  part  of  it  is  bare  and  without 
a  shoot  where  there  should  be  one,  a  notch,  half  an 
inch  wide  and  nearly  the  same  in  depth,  should  be 
cut  in  the  stem  just  above  the  dormant  bud.  If  this 
be  done  in  February  a  young  shoot  will  break  out  in 
the  summer.1 

These  directions  are  for  those  who  are  inclined  to 
rear  their  own  pyramids.  Time  and  attention  are  re- 
quired, but  the  interest  attached  to  well-trained  pyra- 
mids will  amply  repay  the  young  cultivator. 

1  Bare  places  in  the  stems  of  pyramids,  and  in  the  branches  of 
esraliers  or  wall  trees,  may  be  budded  towards  the  end  of  August 
with  blossom  buds  taken  from  shoots  two  years  old.  This  is  a  very 
interesting  mode  of  furnishing  a  tree  with  fruit-bearing  buds. 


THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 


THE   MATURE   PYRAMID 

The  following  figure  (fig.  3)  is  a  pyramidal  tree 
in  its  second  and  third  year,  and  such  as  it  ought  to 
be  in  July  before  its  leading  side  shoots  and  leading 
upright  shoot  are  shortened.  This,  as  I  have  said,  is 
best  done  towards  the  second  or  third  week  in  September. 

The  shortening  must  be  made  at  the  marks ;  all  the 

side  shoots  must  be  shortened  in  this  manner,  as  well 
as  the  leading  shoot ;  no  further  pruning  will  be  required 
until  the  following  summer.  The  spurs  a,  a,  a,  are  the 
bases  of  the  shoots  that  have  been  pinched  in  June ;  these 
will,  the  following  season,  form  fruit-bearing  spurs. 
The  best  instrument  for  summer  and  autumnal  pruning 
is  a  pair  of  hooked  pruning  scissors  or  '  secateurs,' 
which  are  now  sold  of  all  sorts  and  sizes. 

As  the  summer  pinching  of  pyramidal  pears  is  the 
most  interesting  feature  in  their  culture,  and  perhaps 
the  most  agreeable  of  all  horticultural  occupations, 
I  must  endeavour  to  give  plain  instructions  to  carry 
it  out. 

The  first  season  after  the  planting,  by  the 
middle  of  June,  the  side  buds  and  branches  have  put 
forth  young  shoots :  each  will  give  from  one  to  three 
or  four.  Select  that  which  is  most  horizontal  in  its 
growth  (it  should  be  on  the  lower  part  of  the  branch, 
as  the  tree  will  then  be  more  inclined  to  spread)  for  a 
leader  to  that  branch,  and  pinch  off  all  the  others  to 


THE   MATUKE   PYRAMID 


Ki«   3 


10  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GAEDEN 

six  or  seven  leaves  (see  fig.  3,  a,  «,  a).  From  the  point 
of  pinching,  a  shoot  will  again  grow,  and  should  be  left 
untouched  until  September.  The  first  pinching  forms 
the  basis  of  fruit  buds,  and  if  the  horizontal  branch  has 
a  good  leader  it  will  take  off  all  the  superfluous  sap,  the 
buds  will  only  swell,  and  the  following  season  they  will 
be  fruit  spurs.  The  upper  shoots  of  the  tree,  say  to  about 
two  feet  from  its  top,  should  be  pinched  a  week  before 
the  lower  shoots ;  this  gives  strength  to  those  on  the 
lower  part  of  the  tree. 

Fig.  4  is  a  side  branch  in  June,  with  its  shoots  not 
yet  pinched;  about  the  middle  of  the  month  nip  off 
the  terminal  buds  of  the  laterals  when  these  have  made 
from  seven  to  nine  leaves,  and,  in  September,  stop  the 
leading  shoot  to  one-third  of  its  length. 

In  spring  the  peipendicular  leader  of  the  preceding 
year's  growth  will  put  forth  numerous  shoots,  which 
must  be  pinched  in  June  in  the  following  manner : 
those  nearest  the  base  leave  six  inches  in  length, 
gradually  decreasing  upwards,  leaving  those  next  the 
young  leading  shoots  only  two  inches  long.  The  leader 
of  these  ready  formed  pyramids  need  not  be  shortened 
in  summer  as  directed  for  younger  trees;  it  may  be 
suffered  to  grow  till  the  horizontal  leaders  are  shortened 
in  September,  and  then  left  six  or  eight  inches  in 
length  ;  but  if  the  trees  are  to  be  kept  to  six  or  seven 
feet  in  height  under  root-pruning,  this  leading  shoot 
may  be  shortened  to  two  inches,  or  even  cut  close 
down  to  its  base.      For  tall  pyramids  of  ten,  twelve, 


THE   MATURE   PYRAMID 


11 


or  fifteen  feet,  it  may  be  left  from  eight  to  ten  inches 
in  length  till  the  required  height  be  attained ;  it  may- 
then  be  cut  to  within  two  inches  of  its  base  every 
season. 


Fig.  4 


I  ought  here  to  remark  that  pear  trees  differ  in 
their  habits  to  an  extraordinary  degree ;  some  make 
shoots  most  robust  and  vigorous  ;  others  under  pre- 
cisely the  same  treatment  are  very  delicate  and 
slender.      In   the  final  shortening  in    September  this 


12  THE   MINIATURE   FEUIT   GAEDEN 

must  be  attended  to ;  those  that  are  very  vigorous 
must  not  have  their  shoots  pruned  so  closely  as  those 
that  are  less  so ;  indeed,  almost  every  variety  will 
require  some  little  modification  in  pruning,  of  which 
experience  is  by  far  the  best  teacher.  It  will,  I  think, 
suffice  if  I  give  the  following  directions  for  shortening 
the  leaders  of  the  side  shoots,  and  the  perpendicular 
leaders : — All  those  that  are  very  robust,  such  as 
Beurre  d'Amanlis,  Conseiller  de  la  Cour,  Beurre  Diel, 
&c,  shorten  to  eight  or  ten  inches,  according  to  the 
vigour  of  the  individual  tree ;  those  of  medium  vigour, 
such  as  Louise  Bonne  of  Jersey,  Marie  Louise,  and 
Beurre  d'Aremberg,  to  six  inches ;  those  that  are  deli- 
cate and  slender  in  the  growth,  like  Winter  Nelis,  to 
four  inches ;  but  I  must  repeat  that  regard  must  be 
had  to  the  vigour  of  the  tree.  If  the  soil  be  rich,  the 
trees  vigorous  and  not  root-pruned,  the  shoots  may  be 
left  the  maximum  length  ;  if,  on  the  contrary,  they  be 
root-pruned,  and  not  inclined  to  vigorous  growth,  they 
must  be  pruned  more  closely.  As  a  modification  of 
pinching  which  sometimes  induces  excessive  growth  in 
non-fruiting  trees,  and  in  humid  climates,  I  have  found 
that  stripping  the  leaves  from  the  shoots  to  be  operated 
upon  has  the  same  effect  as  pinching,  without  disturb- 
ing the  flow  of  the  sap. 

If  pyramidal  fruit  trees,  either  of  pears,  apples, 
plums,  or  cherries,  are  biennially  removed,  or  even 
thoroughly  root-pruned  without  actually  removing 
them,  summer    pinching  becomes  the  most    simple  of 


THE   MATURE   PYRAMID  13 

all  operations.  The  cultivator  has  only  to  look  over 
his  trees  during  June  (penknife  in  hand),  and  pinch 
the  terminal  bud  of  every  shoot  on  the  lateral  or  side 
branches ;  the  buds  below  the  point  of  pinching  will 
develop  into  fruit  spurs,  the  shoots  which  push  again 
from  the  terminals  may,  if  the  growth  is  not  well 
balanced,  be  stopped  in  August,  but  all  pruning  should 
be  deferred  until  the  end  of  September. 

It  is  possible  that  in  some  soils  and  climates,  with 
a  non-ripening  power,  summer  pinching  may  be  carried 
to  an  excess.  It  is  difficult  to  lay  down  a  hard  and 
fast  rule.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  in  favourable  fruit- 
growing districts — and  it  is  hardly  worth  while  to  plant 
in  any  other — summer  pinching  with  certain  modifica- 
tions will  be  found  to  give  good  results.  The  first 
pinching  in  June  is  really  the  most  important,  as  it 
provides  the  fruit  buds  for  the  following  year  in  the 
most  convenient  part  of  the  tree — i.e.  near  the  stem. 
If  the  leading  shoot  be  shortened  in  September,  the 
supplementary  shoots  produced  by  the  first  pinching 
may  either  be  pruned  or  left  until  October. 


BOOT-PRUNING   OF   PYRAMIDAL  PEAR 
TREES    ON   QUINCE   STOCKS 

Before  entering  on  the  subject  of  root-pruning  of  pear 
trees  on  quince  stocks,  I  must  premise  that  handsome 
and  fertile  pyramids,  more  particularly  of  some  free- 


14  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

bearing  varieties,  may  be  reared  without  this  annual  or 
biennial  operation.  I  must  impress  upon  my  readers 
that  my  principal  object  is  to  make  trees  fit  for  small 
gardens,  and  to  instruct  those  who  are  not  blessed  with 
large  gardens  how  to  keep  the  trees  perfectly  under 
control ;  and  this  can  best  be  done  by  annual,  or  at 
least  biennial,  attention  to  the  roots,  for  if  a  tree  be 
suffered  to  grow  three  or  more  years  and  then  be  root- 
pruned,  it  will  receive  a  check  if  the  spring  be  dry, 
and  the  crop  of  fruit  for  one  season  will  be  jeopardised. 
Therefore,  those  who  are  disinclined  to  the  annual 
operation,  and  yet  wish  to  confine  the  growth  of  their 
trees  within  limited  bounds  by  root-pruning  say  once 
in  two  years,  should  only  operate  upon  half  their  trees 
one  season  ;  they  will  thus  have  the  remaining  half  in 
an  unchecked  bearing  state  ;  and  those  who  have  ample 
room  and  space  may  prune  their  pyramids  in  summer, 
and  suffer  them  to  grow  to  a  height  of  fifteen  or  twenty 
feet  without  pruning  their  roots.  In  rich  soils,  where 
the  trees  grow  freely,  they  may  be  root-pruned  annually 
with  great  advantage. 

The  following  summary  will,  perhaps,  convey  my 
ideas  respecting  the  management  of  pyramids  and 
bushes  when  cultivated  as  garden  trees  : — In  small 
gardens  with  rich  soil  either  root-prune  or  remove  all 
the  trees  annually,  early  in  November.  In  larger 
gardens  perform  the  same  operation  biennially  at  the 
same  season.  For  very  large  gardens  with  a  dry  good 
subsoil,  in  which  all  kinds  of  fruit  trees  grow  without 


ROOT-PRUNING   OF  PYRAMIDAL   PEAR  TREES      15 

any  tendency  to   canker,    and  when    large   trees   are 
desired,  neither  remove  nor  root-prune. 

Pyramidal  pear  trees  on  the  quince  stock,  tvhere  the 
fruit  garden  is  small,  the  soil  rich,  and  when  the  real 
gardening  artist  feels  pleasure  in  keeping  them  in 
a  healthy  and  fruitful  state  by  perfect  control  over  the 
roots,  should  be  annually  operated  upon  as  follows  : — A 
trench  should  be  dug  round  the  tree  about  eighteen 
inches  from  its  stem  every  autumn,  just  after  the  fruit 
is  gathered,  if  the  soil  be  sufficiently  moist — if  not  it 
will  be  better  to  wait  till  the  usual  autumnal  rains  have 
fallen ;  the  roots  should  then  be  carefully  examined, 
and  those  inclined  to  be  of  perpendicular  growth  cut 
with  the  spade,  which  must  be  introduced  quite  under 
the  tree  to  meet  on  all  sides,  so  that  no  root  can  possibly 
escape  amputation.  All  the  horizontal  roots  should  be 
shortened  with  a  knife  to  within  a  circle  of  eighteen 
inches  from  the  stem,1  and  all  brought  as  near  to  the  sur- 
face as  possible,  filling  in  the  trench  with  compost  for  the 
roots  to  rest  on.  The  trench  may  then  be  filled  with 
the  compost  (well-rotted  dung  from  an  old  hot-bed,  and 
good  turfy  loam,  equal  parts,  will  answer  exceedingly 
well)  ;  the  surface  should  then  be  covered  with  some 
half-rotted  dung,  and  the  roots  left  till  the  following 
autumn  brings  its  annual  care.  It  may  be  found  that 
after  a  few  years  of  root-pruning  the  circumferential 

1  If  they  have  not  spread  to  this  extent  the  first  season,  or  even 
the  second,  they  need  not  be  pruned,  but  merely  brought  near  to 
the  surface  and  spread  out. 


16  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

mass  of  fibres  will  have  become  too  much  crowded  with 
small  roots  ;  in  such  cases  thiu  out  some  of  the  roots, 
shortening  them  at  nine  inches  or  one  foot  from  the 
stem.  This  will  cause  them  to  give  out  fibres,  so  that 
the  entire  circle  of  three  feet  or  more  round  the  tree  will 
be  full  of  fibrous  roots  near  the  surface,  waiting  with 
open  mouths  for  the  nourishment  annually  given  to 
them  by  surface  dressings  and  liquid  manure. 

The  gardener  who  does  not  mind  extra  trouble  will 
feel  a  real  pleasure  in  every  operation  that  tends  to 
make  his  trees  perfect  in  fruitfulness  and  symmetry. 
The  annual  root-pruning  may,  however,  be  irksome  to 
the  amateur  ;  nor  is  it  always  required  in  the  south  of 
England,  except  for  small  gardens  and  in  rich  moist 
soils  in  which  pear  trees  are  inclined  to  grow  too 
vigorously.  In  the  cool  moist  summers  of  the  northern 
counties,  annual  root-pruning  is  quite  necessary  to 
make  the  trees  produce  well-ripened  wood.  In  other 
cases,  if  the  trees  are  summer-pruned,  biennial  root- 
pruning  will  be  sufficient  to  check  over-luxuriance  in 
growth. 

The  following  will  be  found  a  good  selection  of 
varieties  for  pyramidal  trees  on  quince  stocks.  They 
may  be  planted  in  rows  six  feet  apart,  or  a  square  may 
be  allotted  to  them,  giving  each  plant  six  feet,  which 
will  be  found  amply  sufficient  for  root-pruned  trees. 
Some  few  esteemed  sorts  of  pears  do  not  grow  well  on 
quince  stocks,  unless  '  double-grafted ' — i.e.,  some  free- 
growing  sort  is  budded  on  the  quince,  and  after  having 


ROOT-PRUNING   OF   PYRAMIDAL   PEAR   TREES      17 


been  suffered  to  grow  for  one  or  two  seasons,  the  sort 
not  so  free-growing  is  budded  or  grafted  on  it.  For 
varieties,1  placed  in  order  of  their  ripening,  the  following 
list  may  be  safely  recommended  : — 


Summer  Doyenne 
Jargonelle 
Clapp's  Favourite 
Beurre  Giffard 
Bon  Chretien 
Beurre  d'Amanlis 
Summer  Beurre"  d'Aremberg 
Madame  Treyve  . 
Beurre  Superfm 
Louise  Bonne  of  Jersey 
Fondante  d'Automne   . 
Gansel's  Bergamot 
Marie  Louise 
Conseiller  de  la  Cour    . 
Baronne  de  Mello 
Pitmaston  Duchess 
Emile  d'Heyst     . 
Doyenne  de  Cornice 
Beurre  d'Anjou  . 
Josephine  de  Malines 


July. 
August. 
August. 
Aug.  Sept. 
September. 
September. 
September. 
Sept.  Oct. 
Sept.  Oct. 
October. 
October. 
Oct.  Nov. 
Oct.  Nov. 
Oct.  Nov. 
Oct.  Nov. 
Oct.  Nov. 
November. 
Nov.  Dec. 
December. 
January. 


1  All   the  varieties   recommended   for   pyramids   may  also   be 
planted  as  espaliers  to  train  to  rails  in  the  usual  mode. 


18  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 


PYRAMIDS   FOR   MARKET   GARDENS 

First,  a  good  climate  must  be  selected  somewhere 
south  of  the  Trent,  the  site  sheltered  from  the  north 
and  east  and  north-west  by  hedges,  evergreens,  or  walls ; 
also  a  favourable  soil,  which,  however,  by  care  and 
culture,  may  be  made  of  secondary  importance ;  a  loam 
eighteen  or  twenty  inches  deep,  on  a  dry  stony  subsoil, 
is  perhaps  the  most  favourable,  but  a  clayey  loam  resting 
on  clay  or  on  sand  will  do  very  well.  If  required, 
draining  must  be  practised,  so  that  clays,  loams,  or  sands 
must  be  dry. 

When  a  rich  deep  fertile  soil  is  chosen  there  will 
be  nothing  required  but  opening  the  holes  and  planting 
the  trees ;  but  if  the  soil  be  shallow,  say  less  than'twelve 
inches  of  staple,  it  should  be  stirred  to  a  depth  of  twenty 
inches,  leaving  the  stirred  subsoil  in  situ.  The  soil  is 
thus  far  prepared  for  planting,  which  will  be  best  done 
in  October  or  November.  The  trees  should  be  planted  six 
feet  apart  row  from  row,  and  the  same  distance  tree  from 
tree  in  the  row.  After  the  trees  are  planted,  the  soil 
within  a  circle  of  three  feet  round  the  stem  of  each  tree 
should  be  trodden  firmly ;  a  small  portion  (the  tenth  of 
a  barrowful)  of  litter  or  manure  placed  round  each  tree 
(or  if  the  soil  is  rich  this  may  be  omitted),  and  the  work 
is  done.  For  some  four  or  five  years  the  centre  of  the 
space  between  the  rows  of  trees  may  be  cropped  with 
light  vegetable  crops,  such  as  onions,  &c. ;  this  culti- 


CULTURE  OF  PYRAMIDAL  PEAR  TREES     19 

vated  space  must  be  confined  to  a  width  of  two  feet ; 
the  remaining  space  next  the  trees  must  not  be  touched 
with  anything  but  the  hoe  to  kill  the  weeds,  and  when 
the  intermediate  cropping  has  covered  the  entire  surface 
of  the  ground,  it  must  remain  firm,  the  only  culture 
besides  the  hoe  being  an  occasional  surface-dressing  of 
manure.  This  system  of  hard  soil  and  occasional  sur- 
face-manuring is  the  sum/mum  bonum,  the  last  step 
towards  perfect  market  garden  fruit  culture — except 
gooseberries,  currants,  and  raspberries,  which  require 
other  treatment.  The  quantity  of  manure  required  for 
a  surface-dressing  is  five  bushels  to  twenty-five  square 
yards. 

The  rough  and  ready  pruning  necessary  for  market 
garden  pyramidal  pears  is  as  follows : — Towards  the 
middle  (the  end,  if  the  season  be  late)  of  June  all  the 
terminal  buds  of  the  side  shoots  must  be  nipped  off, 
and  towards  the  end  of  September  the  trees  are  again 
gone  over,  and  the  leading  shoots  stopped ;  this  is  all 
the  pruning  required,  unless  the  amateur  market  gar- 
dener pleases  to  amuse  himself  in  winter  by  removing 
a  crowded  shoot  or  shortening  a  spur.  The  varieties 
best  adapted  for  this  mode  of  pear  culture  are  few,  as 
there  are  but  few  sorts  popular  in  the  markets.  Our 
first  and  best  is  Louise  Bonne,  requiring,  however,  a 
warm  climate  and  good  soil ;  Williams'  Bon  Chretien, 
Beurre  d'Amanlis,  Doyenne  de  Cornice,  Souvenir  du 
Congres,  Marie  Louise,  Marie  Louise  d'Uccle,  Fertility 
(very  hardy),  Durondeau,  and  Beacon. 

e  2 


20  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 


ORNAMENTAL  PYRAMIDAL  PEAR  TREES 
ON   QUINCE    STOCKS 

There  are  some  very  few  varieties  of  pears  the  trees 
of  which  may  be  made  highly  ornamental  even  on  a 
well-dressed  lawn,  as  they  grow  freely  and  form  natu- 
rally beautiful  cypress-like  trees;  at  the  same  time 
their  fruit  is  of  first-rate  quality.  Such  are  Summer 
Beurre  d'Aremberg,  Baronne  de  Mello,  Fondante  d'Au- 
tomne,  White  Doyenne,  Louise  Bonne  of  Jersey,  Passe 
Colmar,  Zephirin  Gregoire,  Olivier  de  Serres,  Souvenir 
du  Congres,  Delices  d'Hardenpont,  Doyenne  du  Cornice, 
Bergamotte  d'Esperen,  Marie  Louise,  Conseiller  de  la 
Cour,  Fertility,  Durondeau,  Emile  d'Heyst,  Marie 
Benoist. 


PEAR  TREES  AS  BUSHES  ON  THE  QUINCE 
STOCK 

This  mode  of  cultivating  pear  trees  has  struck  me  as 
being  eligible,  from  having  observed  that  the  fruit7  of 
some  of  the  large  heavy  varieties,  such  as  Beurre 
Diel  and  Beurre  d'Amanlis,  is  very  liable  to  be  blown 
off  pyramids  by  even  moderate  autumnal  gales.  The 
trees  also  of  these  and  several  other  fine  sorts  of  pears 
are  difficult  to  train  in  the  pyramidal  form ;  they  are 


PEAK  TEEES   AS   BUSHES   ON   THE   QUINCE   STOCK      21 

diffuse  in  their  growth,  and,  with  summer  pinching, 
soon  form  nice  prolific  bushes,  of  which  the  following 
figure  (fig.  5),  from  nature,  will  give  some  idea.  The 
pruning  of  these  bushes  is  a  simple  matter.  As  they 
are  likely  to  throw  out  many  shoots,  and  so  fill  up  the 
centre  of  the  bush,  thus  impeding  the  circulation  of 


light  and  air,  I  go  over  the  branches  in  June  and  thin 
out  those  which  are  growing  too  thickly,  the  final 
pruning  being  left  until  the  end  of  September.  If  the 
bushes  are  fruitful  the  pruning  should  be  deferred  until 
the  fruit  is  gathered,  and  the  summer  thinning  only 
practised. 


22  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

Bushes  are  admirably  adapted  for  gardens  exposed 
to  winds,  and  if  removed  biennially  they  may  be  grown 
in  the  smallest  of  gardens  with  great  advantage.  This 
biennial  removal  or  lifting  should  be  performed  as 
follows : — A  trench  should  be  opened  round  the  tree 
the  width  of  a  spade,  and  from  twelve  to  fifteen  inches 
deep ;  the  tree  should  then  be  raised  with  its  ball  of 
earth  attached  to  its  root  intact.  If  the  soil  be  light 
and  rich,  and  the  tree  inclined  to  grow  vigorously, 
making  annual  shoots  of  more  than  one  foot  in  length, 
it  may  be  replanted  without  any  fresh  compost.  Rotten 
manure,  loam,  and  sand,  equal  parts  with  the  addition 
of  lime,  chalk,  or  gypsum  where  the  soil  is  known  to 
be  deficient  in  lime,  form  also  an  excellent  compost ;  in 
planting,  one  wheelbarrowful  to  a  tree  will  be  enough. 
In  London  suburban  gardens,  for  which  these  trees  are 
peculiarly  adapted,  no  compost  need  be  given  to  the 
trees  in  replanting,  for  the  soil  is  generally  rich.  Bush 
trees  offer  two  very  great  advantages :  they  are  easily 
protected  from  spring  frosts  when  in  blossom  by  cover- 
ing them  with  tiffany,  and  they  may  be  planted  from 
three  to  five  feet  apart  with  great  facility,  so  as  to  be 
eligible  for  very  small  gardens. 

In  large  gardens,  large  bushes  may  be  desirable. 
In  such  cases  the  leading  shoots  on  each  branch  may 
be  pinched,  as  recommended  for  pyramids  (page  8), 
but  instead  of  pinching  them  to  three  leaves  they  may 
be  suffered    to    make  ten  leaves,  and  then  pinch  the 


PEAR   TREES   AS   BUSHES   ON  THE   QUINCE   STOCK      23 

terminal  bud.  The  trees  will,  if  treated  in  this  manner, 
soon  become  large,  compact,  and  fruitful. 

The  following  varieties  are  well  adapted  for  bush 
culture,  as  they  are  diffuse  in  their  growth  and  diffi- 
cult to  form  into  compact  pyramids,  although  they 
may  be  made  into  spreading  and  prolific  conical  trees. 
It  ought,  however,  to  be  mentioned  that  sorts,  such  as 
Louise  Bonne  of  Jersey,  which  form  handsome  pyramids, 
make  very  pretty  compact  bushes  by  cutting  out  the 
central  branch  to  within  three  feet  of  the  ground,  so 
that  pyramids  may  be  easily  formed  into  bushes.  I 
may  add  that  these  bush  trees  produce  the  very  finest 
fruit,  from  their  being  so  near  the  heat  and  moisture- 
giving  surface  of  the  earth. 

In  situations  near  the  sea-coast,  exposed  to  sea 
breezes,  small  fruit  gardens  may  be  formed  by  en- 
closing a  square  piece  of  ground  with  a  beech  hedge 
or  wooden  fence,  and  planting  it  with  bush  trees.  A 
piece  of  ground  500  square  feet  will  be  large  enough 
to  cultivate  30  trees  at  4  feet  apart  in  it,  or  25  trees  at 
5  feet  apart.  Many  a  sea-side  cottage  may  thus  have 
its  fruit  garden. 

LIST  OF  PEARS  ADAPTED  FOR  BUSH  CULTURE 

Summer  Doyenne         .          .          .  July. 

Beurre  Giffard     ....  August. 

Beacon        .....  August. 

Clapp's  Favourite         .          .          .  August. 


24 


THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 


Bon  Chretien,  Williams 

'         .          .     September 

Summer  Beurre  d'Aremberg         .     September 

Beurre  d'Amanlis 

Sept.  Oct. 

Dr.  Hogg    . 

September. 

Madame  Treyve   . 

.     September. 

Souvenir  du  Congres    . 

.     Sept.  Oct. 

Louise  Bonne  of  Jersey 

.     October. 

Fondante  d'Automne    . 

.     October. 

Fertility 

October. 

Beurre  Hardy 

.     October. 

Gansel's  Bergamot 

October. 

Marie  Louise 

.     Oct.  Nov. 

Baronne  de  Mello 

November. 

Doyenne  de  Cornice 

.     Nov.  Dec. 

Durandeau  . 

.     Nov.  Dec. 

Beurre  Diel 

.     December. 

Beurre  d'Anjou    . 

.     December. 

Winter  Nelis 

.     December. 

Josephine  de  Malines 

January. 

Bergamotte  d'Esperen 

January. 

Olivier  de  Serres  . 

.     February. 

Catillac  (baking). 

— 

Uvedale  St.  Germain  ( 

Daking)       .              — 

Leon  le  Clerc  de  Laval  (baking) 


Pyramid  pears  may  be  grown  and  fruited  in  defiance 
of  spring  frosts,  by  subjecting  the  trees  to  constant 
removal.  Under  this  treatment  the  roots  become  very 
fibrous  and  may  be  annually  removed.     The  trees  so 


PEAK  TEEES  AS   BUSHES   ON   THE   QUINCE   STOCK      25 

treated  should  be  lifted  in  December,  and  then  placed 
under  a  north  wall  until  the  end  of  March ;  they  may 
then  be  returned  to  their  fruiting  places.  The  period 
of  blossoming  being  thus  retarded,  a  crop  may  be 
expected  even  in  very  inclement  seasons. 


26  *        THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 


PEAR   TREES   ON   THE   QUINCE  STOCK, 
TRAINED   AS   CORDONS 

The  French  gardeners  employ  the  term  '  cordon '  for  the 
branch  of  a  fruit  tree  on  which  the  shoots  have  been 
pinched  in,  so  as  to  form  a  succession  of  blossom-buds. 
The  term  as  used  by  them  is  expressive,  and  lately  an 
interesting  work  has  been  published  by  the  Rev.  T.  C. 
Brehaut,  of  Guernsey,  on  this  mode  of  training,  under 
the  title  of  '  Cordon  Training  of  Fruit  Trees.'  There 
are  various  forms  of  cordon  training,  but  I  will  begin 
with  the  five-branched  vertical  cordon  commonly  called 
'  upright  trained  trees.'  This  method  of  training 
originated  here  in  April  1849,  and  was  brought  about 
from  the  necessity  of  planting  a  number  of  new  pears 
on  a  boarded  fence  in  a  limited  space ;  the  horizontal 
method  of  training  was  quite  inapplicable,  and  a  modi- 
fication of  this  system  came  to  hand,  viz.,  to  plant 
horizontal  espaliers,  and  to  make  them  perpendicular. 
The  following  figure  (fig.  6)  is  one  of  my  five-branched 
vertical  cordon  pear  trees. 

The  shoots  a,  a,  should  be  eight  inches  from  the 
central  shoot,  and  those  marked  I>,  h,  the  same  distance 


PEAK  TEEES  TKAINED  AS  COKDONS 


27 


from  those  marked  a,  a.  This  tree,  with  five  branches, 
will  thus  occupy  thirty-two  inches — say  three  feet  of 
wall  room ;  a  tree  with  seven  branches  will  require 
four  feet,  but  as  some  space  ought  to  be  allowed  for 
the  spurs  on  the  outside  branches,  say  five  feet.  If 
the  wall  be  of  a  moderate  height,  eight  feet  for  instance, 


Fig.  6 — a  five-branched  vertical  cordon  pear  tree 


a  tree  with  seven  branches  will  produce  quite  enough 
fruit  of  one  sort.  This  method  offers  a  strong  contrast 
to  espaliers  on  pear  stocks,  planted  in  the  usual  manner 
twenty-four  feet  apart  and  trained  horizontally  ;  nearly 
five  trees  for  one  will  give  so  many  additional  chances 
to  the  pear  cultivator ;  the  single  tree  may  fail,  or  its 


28  THE   MINIATURE   FEUIT   GARDEN 

fruit  may  become  imperfect,  owing  to  an  adverse 
season ;  but  out  of  his  five  trees  he  will  in  every  season 
stand  a  good  chance  of  having  some  good  pears.  A 
few  words  will  suffice  for  their  management :  summer 
pinching  of  the  lateral  shoots  to  five  leaves  as  recom- 
mended for  pyramids  (p.  5),  and  root-pruning  or 
biennial  removal — these  operations,  like  Dr.  Sangrado's 
bleeding  and  warm  water,  will  do  all. 

Five-  or  seven-branched  vertical  cordon  trees,  not 
only  of  pears  but  of  cherries  on  the  Mahaleb  stock, 
of  plums,  of  American  apples  on  the  Paradise  stock, 
and  peach  and  apricot  trees,  may  be  planted  against 
walls  in  gardens,  if  of  a  moderate  height,  to  great 
advantage.  As  so  much  variety  may  be  had  in  a  small 
space,  let  the  reader  imagine  himself  to  have  a  brick 
wall  with  a  southern  aspect,  20  feet  long,  and  8  or  10 
feet  high.  According  to  old  practice  this  would  afford 
space  for  one  tree ;  but  with  branched  vertical  cordon 
training,  I  repeat,  five  trees  may  be  cultivated,  and 
thus  give  five  chances  to  one. 

If  this  kind  of  tree  on  the  quince  stock  cannot  be 
procured,  those  that  are  trained  horizontally,  with  five 
or  seven  branches,  may  be  planted  against  the  wall 
or  fence  destined  for  them,  and  their  young  shoots  be 
made  to  curve  gently,  until  they  are  perpendicular ; 
the  young  shoots  of  pear  trees  are  very  pliable,  and 
will  easily  bend  to  the  required  shape.  The  lower 
part  of  each  shoot  in  such  cases  must  be  fastened 
to  the  wall  with  shreds  and  nails  in   the  usual  way, 


PEAE  TEEES   TEAINED  AS   COEDONS  29 

and  the  remaining  part  trained  into  an  upright  posi- 
tion. If  they  are  more  than  two  feet,  each  of  these 
shoots  must  then  be  shortened  to  this  length.  These 
shortened  branches  will,  in  May,  each  put  forth  two  or 
three  shoots.  As  soon  as  they  have  made  eight  or  ten 
leaves,  pinch  all  but  one  on  each  branch  to  five  leaves, 
leaving  the  topmost  one  to  each  shoot.  You  will  thus, 
if  your  tree  be  five-branched,  have  five  young  leading 
shoots,  which  should  be  carefully  regulated  during 
the  summer  so  that  no  particular  shoot  should  take 
precedence.  This  proportion  must  be  maintained  by 
occasional  pinching  or  leaf-stripping.  Your  tree  will 
soon  reach  the  top  of  the  wall,  and  every  bud  in  the  five 
branches  will  be  perfect,  either  a  blossom-bud  or  one  in 
embryo.  When  this  happens,  commence  root-pruning, 
unless  the  trees  have  ceased  to  grow  vigorously  and  are 
bearing  well — if  so,  leave  their  roots  untouched.  The 
directions  for  root-pruning  are  given  in  treating  of  pyra- 
midal trees  (p.  14)  ;  these  may  be  followed  exactly,  and, 
if  so,  the  trees  will  be  kept  in  a  stationary  bearing  state. 
It  must  be  recollected  that  the  spurs  on '  the  branches 
will  often  put  forth  shoots  even  while  bearing  fruit ; 
these  must  be  left  unpruned  until  the  autumn.  In  treat- 
ing of  the  cultivation  of  the  foregoing,  I  assume  that 
trained  trees  of  from  three  to  four  years  are  planted  : 
the  training  and  preparation  of  young  trees  would  be 
tedious  and  time-consuming. 

If  larger  trees  are  wished  for,  in  order  to  give  more 
fruit  of  each  sort,  trees  with  nine  upright  branches  may 


30 


THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 


be  planted  seven  feet  apart,  or  trees  with  eleven  upright 
branches,  nine  feet  apart.  Trees,  however,  can  seldom 
be  purchased  with  shoots  so  numerous ;  young  trees 
must  therefore  be  planted,  and  cut  back  annually  for  two 


Fig.  7 


or  three  years,  till  the  proper  number  of  perpendicular 
shoots  are  supplied.  It  may  happen  that  trained  trees 
with  five  or  seven  branches  cannot  be  procured,  perhaps 
trees  with  only  three  shoots,  two  horizontal  and  one 
leading  shoot ;  in  such  cases  they  must  be  cut  back, 


PEAK  TREES   TRAINED   AS   CORDONS  31 

leaving  five  buds  to  each  shoot,  and  the  young  shoots 
in  June  trained  as  required. 

Pyramidal  trees  cut  flat  on  the  side  to  be  placed 
next  the  wall,  and  planted  against  walls  or  fences,  will 
give  almost  a  certain  crop.  Their  shoots  must  be 
pinched,  and  trained  so  as  to  form  a  handsome  semi- 
pyramidal  tree,  which  when  it  has  reached  the  top  of 
the  wall  must  be  subjected  to  biennial  root-pruning ; 
but  this  will  only  be  necessary  if  the  tree  is  too  vigo- 
rous, so  as  to  keep  it  in  a  stationary  fruitful  state. 
On  the  preceding  page  I  give  a  figure  (fig.  7)  of  a 
young  pyramid  planted  against  a  south-east  fence. 

It  will,  I  trust,  be  seen  how  economical  of  space 
are  these  methods  of  training  pears  to  walls ;  and 
nothing  in  fruit  culture  is  more  interesting  than  a 
wall  of  upright  five-branched  cordons  or  of  pyramids 
full  of  fruit.  Let  us  only  consider  that  a  wall  100  feet 
long  will  accommodate  five  trees  on  the  pear  stock, 
trained  in  the  usual  horizontal  mode ;  the  same  wall 
will  give  '  ample  room  and  verge  enough '  to  twenty-five 
trees  on  the  quince  stock,  trained  perpendicularly ;  if 
their  young  shoots  (all  but  the  leaders)  are  pinched 
in  June,  no  root-pruning  will  be  needed.  They  are 
also  invaluable  for  planting  against  walls  between  old 
trees,  where  there  are  bare  spaces,  for  they  soon  fill  up 
such  vacancies,  and  bear  abundance  of  fine  fruit.  A 
selection  of  varieties  for  wall  trees  will  not  here  be  out 
of  place  : — 


32 


THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT  GARDEN 


UPRIGHT   TRAINED   TREES   ON   QUINCE   STOCK 


Madame  Treyve 
Souvenir  du  Congres 
Brown  Beurre 
Van     Mons     (Leon    le 

Clerc) 
Glou  Morceau 
Emile  d'Heyst 


For  East  and  South-east  Walls 

Beurre  Bachelier 
Passe  Colmar 
Magnate 

Josephine  de  Malines 
Monarch  (Knight's) 
Marie  Benoist 
Bergamotte  d'Esperen 


For  West  and  North-ivest  Walls 


Bon  Chretien,  Williams' 
Jargonelle 
Clapp's  Favourite 
Beurre  d'Amanlis 
Conseiller  de  la  Cour 
Delices  d'Hardenpont 


Marie  Louise  d'Uccle 
Beurre  d'Aremberg 
Easter  Beurre 
Passe  Crassanne 
Beurre  Diel 
Princess 


For  South  and  South-west  Walls 


Beurre  Superfin 
Louise  Bonne  of  Jersey 
Gansel's  Bergamot ' 
Marie  Louise 
Beurre  Bosc 


Van      Mons      (Leon      le 

Clerc) 
Fondante  d'Automne 
Glou  Morceau 
Duchesse  d'Ansrouleme 


1  It  is  not  generally  known  that  this  fine  variety,  proverbially  a 
shy  bearer,  becomes,  when  double-grafted  on  the  quince  stock,  one 
of  the  most  abundant  bearers. 


PEAR  TREES   TRAINED   AS   CORDONS  33 


Durondeau 
Doyenne  du  Cornice 
Beurre  d'Anjou 
Beurre  Ranee 


Olivier  de  Serres 
Bergamotte  d'Bsperen 
Easter  Beurre 


The  above  varieties  grafted  on  pear  stocks  are 
equally  adapted  for  their  several  aspects.  In  shallow, 
gravelly,  or  chalky  soils,  pears  on  pear  stocks  are  to  be 
preferred  for  walls. 

It  is  almost  useless  to  plant  dessert  pears  against 
north  or  north-east  walls,  as  the  fruit,  unless  in  very 
warm  seasons,  is  generally  deficient  in  flavour.  The 
only  varieties  that  offer  the  least  chance  of  success — and 
that  only  in  a  warm  climate  with  a  dry  soil — are  Marie 
Louise,  Jargonelle,  Louise  Bonne  of  Jersey,  Beurre 
Superfin.  It  is  far  better  to  plant  against  such  aspects 
baking  or  stewing  pears,  such  as  Catillac,  Bellissime 
d'Hiver,  and  Leon  le  Clerc  de  Laval :  the  Vicar  of 
Winkfield  is  also  a  good  north- wall  pear — it  bears  well 
and  stews  well.  In  the  north  the  finer  sorts  of  pears 
must  be  cultivated  on  south  walls. 

It  may  seem  theoretical  to  recommend  pears  on  the 
quince  stock  for  pyramidal  trees  in  the  north  of 
England  and  in  cold  soils  and  situations,  but  my  ex- 
perience in  some  very  cold  and  clayey  soils  in  this 
neighbourhood  enables  me  to  feel  sanguine  as  to  the 
result,  for  I  have  observed  that  in  some  of  the  pear 
gardens  of  France  many  sorts  are  often  too  ripe. 

Now  this  is  just  the  tendency  we  require.     In  our 


3-i  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

cold  and  moist  climate  most  certainly  pears  will  not  get 
too  ripe,  more  especially  in  the  north  of  England  and 
Scotland.  Some  years  since  I  received  a  letter  from  a 
correspondent  living  in  a  hilly  part  of  Derbyshire,  from 
which  I  give  an  extract : — '  I  have  tried  Beurre  Diel, 
Beurre  de  Capiaumont,  Marie  Louise,  and  Williams' 
Bon  Chretien,  on  pear  stocks,  all  of  which  bear  well  as 
standards,  but  their  fruit  does  not  come  to  perfection, 
always  remaining  quite  hard  till  it  decays  at  the  core. 
I  have  placed  the  fruit  in  a  hot-house,  but  have  never 
succeeded  in  ripening  it.  Williams'  Bon  Chretien  we 
can  only  use  for  stewing.'  This  seems  to  show  that 
cold,  hilly  situations  are  not  favourable  to  the  cultiva- 
tion of  pears  as  standards.  I  have  recommended  some 
pears  on  quince  stocks,  and  have  heard  of  a  favourable 
result. 


35 


CORDON  PEARS  ON  TRELLISES  UNDER 

GLASS 

This  system  of  pear-growing,  which,  I  believe,  will  be 
the  system  of  the  future,  from  the  extreme  simplicity 
and  economy  with  which  it  can  be  constructed   and 


^  /        WM/w/my''//-'///, 
Fig.  8 


adapted  to  all  positions,  was  introduced    some   years 
since  by  Mr.  Bellenden  Ker  for  the  purpose  of  growing 


Fig.  9 


peaches    and    nectarines    on    a    trellis   protected    by 
movable  glass  lights. 

Although  the  trellis  does  not  give   sufficient  heat 


D   2 


36  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

and  protection  for  the  cultivation  of  peaches,  it  is  ad- 
mirably adapted  for  pears,  apples,  and  plums.  Fig.  8 
is  a  section  of  the  trellis,  and  fig.  9  is  a  front  view  of 
a  pear  tree  trained  to  it  in  the  upright  method.  The 
fruit  grown  on  these  trellises  is  remarkably  fine,  rival- 
ling the  best  specimens  of  wall  pears,  owing  to  the 
trellis  being  near  enough  to  the  ground  for  the  fruit 
to  reap  the  benefit  of  the  radiation  of  heat  from  the 
earth. 

The  lights  should  remain  over  the  trees  until  the 
beginning  of  July,  and  then  be  removed,  suffering  the 
fruit  to  ripen  fully  exposed  to  the  sun  and  air.  It 
seems  that  the  glass  over  the  fruit  in  its  young  state 
serves  to  develop  its  growth  in  a  remarkable  manner, 
for  rarely  is  a  spot  seen  on  pears  grown  on  these . 
trellises ;  they  have  a  clear,  beautiful  appearance,  much 
like  those  grown  in  the  warmer  parts  of  France.  I 
ought  to  add  that  in  cool  climates,  such  as  the  north 
of  England  and  Scotland,  the  lights  may  be  suffered  to 
remain  over  the  trees  till  the  beginning  or  middle  of 
August.  This  will  hasten  the  ripening  of  the  fruit, 
but  it  should  be  exposed  to  the  air  in  early  autumn  for 
some  weeks  before  it  is  gathered,  unless  the  climate  be 
particularly  cold  and  stormy,  or  it  may  suffer  in  flavour. 
Pears  ripened  under  glass  are  apt  to  suffer  in  this  re- 
spect. I  have,  however,  quite  recently  received  the 
following  communication  from  a  clever  fruit-cultivator 
living  in  Ireland  : — '  Let  no  one  persuade  you  that 
pears  grown  in  a  well  ventilated  orchard-house  are  not 


CORDON   PEARS   ON  TRELLISES   UNDER   GLASS      37 

equal  to  those  outside ;  I  can  give  strong  evidence  to 
the  contrary.  In  my  house  there  was  a  small  Louise 
Bonne  on  the  quince  stock,  in  an  11-inch  pot;  it  bore 
twenty-three  splendid  pears,  as  far  superior  to  the  same 
fruit  grown  in  the  open  air  as  it  was  possible  to  be. 
They  were  not,  I  admit,  high-coloured,  but  they  at- 
tained a  richness  and  flavour  that  I  thought  Louise 
Bonne  did  not  possess.' 

The  pear  trellis,  of  which  the  section  and  front  view 
(figs.  8  and  9)  will  give  a  correct  idea,  is  of  the  most 
simple  description.  A  row  of  larch  or  oak  posts  must 
be  driven  into  the  ground  six  feet  apart,  and  another  row 
in  front ;  on  these  should  be  nailed  plates,  three  inches 
by  two,  and  then  bars,  three  inches  by  one,  placed 
flatwise  from  front  plates  to  back  three  feet  apart ; 
across  these  common  tiling  laths  should  be  nailed  six 
inches  asunder.  This  will  form  the  trellis  as  seen  in 
fig.  9.  The  supports  for  the  lights  are  formed  in  the 
same  manner  by  a  row  of  posts  at  the  back  and  the 
same  for  the  front,  on  which  are  nailed  plates  of  the 
same  dimensions  as  those  for  the  trellis ;  a  crosspiece 
should  be  nailed  to  front  and  back  plates  at  each  end, 
to  keep  the  supports  for  the  lights  from  giving  way. 
The  structure  with  the  lights,  when  resting  on  the 
back  and  front  plates,  has  exactly  the  appearance  of  a 
large  garden  frame  without  back,  front,  or  ends. 
Under  the  lights  the  trellis  is  formed  with  a  sharp 
slope  upwards  to  the  back  :  for  unless  the  front  of  the 
trellis  is  within  six  inches  of  the  ground  it  will  be 


38  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

difficult  to  bend  the  trees  to  the  required  position.  By 
this  simple  contrivance,  pears,  and  even  peaches  and 
nectarines  in  warm  gardens,  may  be  grown  in  any 
corner  of  the  garden,  with  a  south  or  south-western 
exposure — for  it  is  scarcely  necessary  to  add  that  the 
lights  should  slope  to  the  south  or  south-west,  so  as  to 
have  all  the  sun  heat  possible. 

The  most  eligible  dimensions  for  a  trellis  I  find  from 
experience  to  be  as  follows : — 

Glass  Lights 

Eight  feet  long,  three  feet  wide. 

Height  from  ground  at  back,  three  feet  six  inches. 

Height  from  ground  at  front,  one  foot  six  inches. 

Trellis 

Height  from  ground  at  back,  two  feet  six  inches. 
Height  from  ground  at  foot,  six  inches. 
Distance  from  glass  lights,  one  foot. 

The  front  border  should  be  raised  to  a  level  with  the 
front  of  trellis ;  this  will  leave  twelve  inches  between 
the  front  ends  of  the  lights  and  the  surface  of  the  front 
border,  which  will  be  quite  enough  for  ventilation. 
Indeed,  the  draught  in  windy  weather  is  inclined  to  be 
too  sharp ;  I  find,  therefore,  furze  or  other  evergreen 
branches,  placed  along  the  front  between  the  glass  and 
the  border,  and  a  mat  nailed  at  the  back,  excellent 
checks  to  excessive  ventilation  in  cold,  frosty  weather. 
They  may  remain  there  till  the  beginning  or  end  of 


CORDON  PEAKS  ON  TKELLISES  UNDER  GLASS   39 

June,  the  latter  if  the  weather  be  cold  and  stormy.  The 
lights  are  fastened  to  the  plate,  back  and  front,  by  a 
hook  and  eye ;  they  are  thus  easily  removed  to  prune 
the  trees  and  gather  the  fruit. 

In  the  Appendix  is  given  a  diagram  of  a  trellis  re- 
cently made.  Workers  in  iron,  if  applied  to,  would  no 
doubt  design  a  light  iron  trellis,  which  would  probably 
have  a  more  elegant  look  than  the  plan  detailed  here. 


HORIZONTAL  CORDON   PEAR  TREES   ON 
DWARF  WALLS 

These  four-inch  walls  should  have  a  nine-inch  founda- 
tion of  four  courses  of  brickwork  in  the  ground,  and 
should  be  carried  up  to  four  feet  above  the  surface  (it 
is  scarcely  safe  to  build  them  of  great  height),  with 
nine-inch  piers  fifteen  feet  apart.  The  coping  for  them 
is  made  of  boiling  coal  tar  mixed  with  lime  and  sand 
to  the  consistence  of  mortar,  which  is  placed  on  the  top 
of  the  wail  thus  ^^  so  as  to  carry  off  the  water.  This 
is  a  most  cheap  and  efficacious  covering — it  can  scarcely 
be  called  a  coping,  as  it  does  not  project  over  the  edge 
of  the  wall.  A  coping  of  Portland  cement  is  even  better, 
as  it  holds  the  wall  together. 

The  very  best  lime  should  be  used.  I  have  found 
the  grey  Dorking  lime  excellent,  but  any  kind  of  lime 
made  from  limestone  will  answer  well :  that  made  from 


40 


THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT  GARDEN 


chalk  in  this  country  is  not  strong  enough.  Their  cost, 
as  I  learn  from  my  bricklayer,  is  about  six  shillings 
a  yard  in  length  ;  thus  a  wall  of  the  above  height, 
twenty  yards  long,  should  cost  £§}  In  places  where 
bricks  are  cheap  they  may  be  built  for  less ;  if  they  are 
dear  and  at  a  distance,  their  carriage  will  add  to  the 
expense.  My  walls  are  six  feet  apart,  and  stand  end- 
wise, north-east  and  south-west ;  so  that  one  side  of 
each  wall  has  a  south-east  aspect,  the  other  a  north- 
west ;  on  the  former  may  be  grown  the  late-keeping 
pears,  on  the  latter  the  earlier  sorts  that  ripen  from 
October  till  the  end  of  November.  We  thus  have  one 
excellent  aspect,  the  south-east ;  and  one  tolerably  good, 
the  north-west ;  so  that  no  wall  space  is  lost. 


The  pear  trees  for  these  dwarf  walls  should  be 
grafted  on  quince  stocks  trained  horizontally,  pruned  by 
summer  pinching  as  directed  for  five-branched  vertical 

1  This  estimate  was  made  some  years  since ;  the  price  of  labour 
has  increased  since  it  was  given. 


HOEIZONTAL   COEDONS   ON  DWARF  WALLS         41 

cordons  (p.  27).  They  may  be  planted  five  feet  apart 
at  first,  and  when  their  branches  meet  they  should  be 
interlaced,  as  in  fig.  10,  and  if  necessary — i.e.  if  the 
shoots  be  long  enough — they  may  be  trained  over  the 
stems,  so  that  the  wall  is  completely  furnished  with 
bearing  branches.  At  the  end  of  five  or  six  years 
every  alternate  tree  may  be  removed,  leaving  the  per- 
manent trees  ten  feet  apart.  I  advise  planting  thus 
thickly  because  I  know  from  experience  that  the 
temporary  trees  will  fill  the  walls,  will  bear  a  good 
quantity  of  fruit,  and  look  more  satisfactory  than  if 
they  are  planted  thinly.  When  removed  they  may  be 
planted  out  for  espaliers,  or  fresh  walls  built  for  them. 

If,  owing  to  the  soil  being  rich,  the  trees  are  in- 
clined to  grow  vigorously  and  not  bear,  they  should  be 
lifted  biennially,  or  root-pruned ;  but  pears  on  quince 
stocks  will  be  sure  to  bear  abundantly. 

The  dwarf  walls,  when  covered  with  well-trained 
trees,  have  a  neat  and  charming  effect,  and  the  trees 
may  be  easily  protected  by  sticking  branches  of  ever- 
greens in  the  ground  and  letting  them  rest  against  the 
wall,  or  by  cheap  glass  lights,  in  lieu  of  shutters, 
placed  against  the  walls,  and  suffered  to  remain  so  as 
to  cover  the  trees  till  the  fruit  is  fully  formed,  or  till 
the  first  week  in  June,  when  all  fear  of  damage  from 
frost  is  over. 

Where  two  or  more  walls  are  built,  or  a  square 
piece  of  ground  devoted  to  them,  a  cross  wall  or  walls 
should  be  built  at  the  north-east  end,  to  prevent  the 


42  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

sharp  current  of  wind  from  the  north-east,  which  would 
blow  up  the  intervals  between  the  walls  with  great 
violence.  It  is  surprising  what  a  quantity  of  fruit  may- 
be grown  on  a  small  space  of  ground  with  the  aid  of 
these  walls.  Peaches,  nectarines,  and  apricots  may  be 
grown  on  the  south-east  aspect,  but  the  trees  must  be 
kept  in  check  by  biennial  removal.  They  seem  to  me 
more  particularly  suited  to  suburban,  or  what  are 
commonly  called  cockney,  gardens.  How  pleasant  to 
be  able  to  have  a  brick  wall  twenty  yards  long  for  £6, 
or  ten  yards  long  for  £3  ;  and  how  delightful  to  be  able 
to  grow  one's  own  '  wall-fruit ' !  On  a  wall  ten  yards 
long,  five  peach  and  nectarine  trees  may  be  trained,  and 
many  dozens  of  fruit  produced  annually.  These  dwarf 
walls  for  the  cultivation  of  peaches,  nectarines,  and 
apricots  must,  however,  differ  from  those  for  pear  trees, 
and  be  built  so  as  to  give  a  south  or  south-west  aspect 
for  the  front,  a  north  or  north-east  for  the  back.  The 
latter  may  be  planted  with  Morello  cherries.  To  carry 
out  the  cultivation  of  the  above-meutioned  trees  on 
dwarf  walls,  it  is  absolutely  necessary  to  take  them  up 
biennially  in  November  and  replant  them  in  the  same 
place.1  They  will  not  require  any  compost  to  their 
roots,  for  peach,  nectarine,  and  apricot  trees  are  gene- 
rally by  far  too  vigorous  in  their  growth.  In  some  of 
the  London  suburban  gardens  the  soil  is  so  rich  that 

1  It  is  a  prudent  practice,  in  all  cases  of  biennial  removal,  to 
remove  half  the  number  of  trees  in  alternate  years,  for  in  dry 
seasons  those  recently  removed  may  be  too  much  checked  in  their 
growth  to  bear  a  crop  of  fruit  the  first  season  after  removal. 


HOEIZONTAL   COEDONS   ON   DWARF  WALLS         43 

annual  removal,  particularly  with  apricots,  may  be  found 
to  be  quite  necessary.  In  country  gardens,  where  the 
soil  is  poor,  a  dressing  of  manure  on  the  surface  over 
the  roots  two  inches  deep  will  be  of  service. 

A  matter  of  great  consequence  in  peach-tree  culture 
on  walls  is  to  keep  the  surface  of  the  soil  solid ;  if, 
therefore,  the  trees  grow  too  vigorously,  so  as  to  require 
removal,  say  in  October,  the  soil,  after  the  tree  is  planted, 
should,  after  becoming  dry,  be  rammed  with  a  wooden 
rammer,  so  as  to  be  as  solid  as  a  common  garden  path. 
In  spring  this  hard  surface  should  be  covered  with  a 
slight  coat  of  thoroughly  decayed  manure,  which  will 
be  all  the  culture  required. 


ESPALIER  PEARS   ON   QUINCE   STOCKS 

Pears  on  the  quince  may  be  cultivated  as  horizontal 
espaliers  or  cordons  by  the  sides  of  walks,  or  trained  to 
lofty  walls  with  much  advantage,  as  less  space  is  required. 
Horizontal  espaliers  or  wall  trees  on  the  pear  stock, 
trained  to  walls  of  the  usual  height,  i.e.  from  ten  to 
twelve  feet,  require  to  be  planted  twenty  feet  apart, 
while  those  on  the  quince  may  be  planted  only  ten  feet 
apart;  this,  in  a  small  garden,  will  allow  of  much 
greater  variety  of  sorts  to  supply  the  table  at  different 
seasons.  With  these  the  same  high  culture,  if  perfec- 
tion be  wished  for,  must  be  followed  :  the  trees  carefully 


44        THE  MINIATURE  FRUIT  GARDEN 

planted,  so  that  the  junction  of  the  graft  with  the  stock 
is  even  with  the  surface  of  the  mould  formed  as  directed 
for  pyramids.  The  pruning  of  wall  pear  trees  has  always 
been  a  subject  of  controversy  with  gardeners,  as  they 
are  inclined  to  grow  too  vigorously.  If  it  be  thought 
desirable  to  have  trees  of  large  growth,  so  as  to  cover  a 
high  wall,  and  yet  be  highly  fertile,  it  is  much  better  to 
root-prune  than  to  prune  the  branches.  With  such 
trees  it  need  not  be  done  so  severely  ;  biennial  root- 
pruning  will  be  quite  sufficient,  commencing  at  eighteen 
inches  from  the  wall  after  the  tree  has  had  two  seasons' 
growth,  cutting  off  the  ends  of  all  the  roots  at  that  dis- 
tance from  the  wall,  and  increasing  it  by  sis  inches  at 
eveiy  biennial  pruning,  till  a  distance  of  six  feet  from 
the  wall  is  reached.  When  this  is  the  case  the  roots 
must  be  confined  to  the  border  of  that  width  by  digging 
a  trench  biennially,  and  cutting  off  all  the  ends  of  the 
roots  at  that  distance  from  the  wall. 

I  may,  perhaps,  make  this  more  plain  by  saying  that 
a  tree  planted  in  November  1890  should  have  its  roots 
shortened  eighteen  inches  in  November  1892,  to  twenty- 
four  inches  in  1894,  to  thirty  inches  in  1896,  to  three 
feet  in  1897,  and  so  on,  leaving  sis  inches  biennially 
till,  say,  a  distance  of  six  feet  from  the  wall  is  reached  in 
1899.  This  border,  six  feet  wide,  will  then  be  full  of 
fibrous  roots.1    It  should  never  be  dug  or  cropped,  but 

1  If  the  wall  to  which  the  trees  are  trained  be  twelve  feet  and 
upwards  in  height,  the  border  should  be  eight,  and  even  ten,  feet  in 
width.  Wide  and  shallow  fruit-tree  borders  are  much  to  be  pre- 
ferred to  those  that  are  deep  and  narrow. 


ESPALIER   PEARS   ON   QUINCE   STOCKS  45 

annually  have  a  surface-dressing  of  manure  about  two 
inches  in  thickness ;  and,  as  I  have  before  said,  have  a 
trench  dug  biennially  eighteen  inches  deep,  six  feet  from 
the  wall,  and  the  end  of  every  protruding  root  cut  off. 
If  this  method  be  followed,  and  summer  terminal 
pinching  of  the  leading  branches  be  practised,  the 
pruning  will  be  simplified.  The  first  shoots  in  June 
should  be  stopped  as  soon  as  seven  leaves  are  produced, 
and  the  remainder  of  the  pruning  left  until  October, 
with  the  exception  of  occasionally  removing  shoots  which 
are  too  crowded.  The  branches  of  the  horizontal-trained 
trees  will  then  form  cordons  issuing  from  one  main  stem ; 
and  this  form  of  training,  with  all  due  deference  to  our 
Gallic  neighbours,  has  been  practised  here  for  many 
years,  although  we  did  not  give  it  a  popular  name. 

In  forming  borders  for  wall  pear  trees  on  quince 
stocks,  biennially  root-pruned,  the  soil  should  be  well 
stirred  with  the  fork  to  a  depth  of  eighteen  inches,  and 
if  it  be  poor,  a  good  dressing  of  rotten  manure  or  leaf 
mould  should  be  mixed  with  it.  Lime  rubbish  or  gyp- 
sum is  a  necessary  compost.  Pears  on  quince  stocks  are 
much  better  adapted  for  this  mode  of  culture  than  those 
on  pear  stocks.  If  the  latter  be  planted,  the  border,  six 
feet  wide,  should  have  a  thick  layer  of  concrete  at  bottom, 
to  prevent  the  roots  striking  downwards ;  or  it  would  be 
good  practice  to  place,  eighteen  inches  deep  under  each 
tree,  a  flat  piece  of  stone  three  feet  in  diameter ;  this 
would  force  the  roots  to  take  a  horizontal  direction,  and 
facilitate  the  operation  of  root-pruning. 


46  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT  GARDEN 

For  fine  specimens  of  wall  pear  trees  grafted  on  the 
quince,  I  may  refer  to  those  on  the  west  wall  of  the 
Koyal  Horticultural  Society's  Gardens  at  Chiswick. 
These  are  now  more  that  forty  years  old,  and  are  pictures 
of  health  and  fertility,  thus  at  once  settling  the  question 
respecting  the  early  decay  of  pear  trees  grafted  on  the 
quince  ;  for  it  has  been  often,  very  often,  urged  as  an 
objection  to  the  use  of  the  quince  stock,  that  pears 
grafted  on  it  are,  although  prolific,  but  very  short-lived. 
I  have  seen  trees  in  France  more  than  fifty  years  old, 
and  those  above  referred  to  may  be  adduced  to  confute 
this  error. 


47 


PEAR   TREES   TRAINED   AS  SINGLE 
VERTICAL   CORDONS 

This  is,  perhaps,  the  most  simple  of  all  methods  for 
economising  space,  and  is  in  reality  a  very  primitive 
form.  Plant  either  one-  or  two-year-old  trees,  three 
feet  apart,  in  quincunx  or  rows.  If  the  trees  are  weak, 
and  cannot  make  an  upright  growth  without  assistance, 
fasten  them  to  a  stake.  Prune,  when  planted,  about 
three  or  four  buds  from  the  top,  and  leave  them  for  the 
first  year  without  further  pruning  until  October,  when 
the  summer  shoots  of  the  trees  must  be  pruned  to  the 
lowest  wood  bud  nearest  the  stem  ;  the  pruning  is  then 
complete  for  the  first  year.  The  second  year  the  trees 
will  produce  lateral  shoots  from  all  parts  of  the  main 
stem.  In  June,  pinch  the  terminal  bud  of  all  these 
shoots  when  they  have  arrived  at  six  to  seven  leaves, 
and  prune  no  more  until  the  end  of  September,  when 
the  leaf  begins  to  fall. 

For  small  gardens,  where  the  cultivator  wishes  for 
a  large  collection  of  pears  in  a  small  place,  this — which 
is,  in  fact,  the  cordon  system  applied  to  single-stemmed 
trees — is  much  to  be  recommended. 

Fig.  20  is  a  single  cordon  apple  tree  from  a  speci- 


48  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

men  growing  here  (single  cordon  pear  trees  require  the 
same  culture),  and  will,  perhaps,  give  the  reader  a 
correct  idea  of  the  adaptability  of  these  compact  trees 
for  small  gardens  ;  they  may  be  planted  two  feet  apart. 


DIAGONAL   SINGLE   CORDONS 

The  diagonal  single  cordon  is  the  most  simple  of  all 
the  methods  supported  by  various  writers  on  training. 
It  consists  merely  of  planting  a  dwarf  tree  with  one 
shoot  about  18  to  20  inches  apart  at  an  angle  of  45° 
(fig.  11).     The  first  year  after  planting,  the  side  shoots 
should  be  pinched  in  June  to  five  leaves,  and  pruned 
again  in  October  to  three  buds    from  the  base.     This 
pruning   includes   the    second    growth    from   the   first 
pruning.     If  the  tree,  as  it  often  does,  produces  bloom 
spurs,   do  not  prune   them,   as   the   tree  will   not  be 
injured  by  precocity  in  fruiting.     The  third  and  fourth 
years  will  require  the  same  treatment — that  is,  pinch  in 
June  and  then  refrain  from  any  other  pruning  until 
October ;  the  trees  will  look  a  little  ragged  and  untidy, 
but  this  will  be  remedied  by  the  late  pruning.    Diagonal 
cordons  of  pears,  plums,  cherries,  apples,  and  apricots 
may  be  cultivated  with  success  when  trained  against 
walls  with    south-west  and    all    other  aspects,  except 
north  or  north-east. 

There  is  perhaps  no  wall-fruit  tree  so  likely  to  be 


DIAGONAL   SINGLE   CORDONS 


49 


largely  benefited  by  single  diagonal  training  as  the 
apricot.  Every  gardener  knows  the  wretched  dis- 
appointment often  felt  in  summer  by  large  and  ap- 
parently healthy  branches  of  their  apricot  trees  dying 
off  suddenly,  and  leaving  them  without  any  remedy — 
for  the  gap  made  cannot  be  filled,  owing  to  the  rigidity 
of  the   remaining    branches.     There  is,   therefore,    no 


Fig. 11 


remedy  for  this  failure  of  apricot  trees  when  trained'to 
walls  in  the  usual  manner ;  but  there  is  a  sure  method 
of  avoiding  it — simple  enough  :  it  is  by  planting  single 
diagonal  cordon  trees,  which  may  be  maiden  trees  with 
a  single  stem,  or  trees  in  a  bearing  state  from  the 
nursery.  In  planting,  if  the  tree  is  slender,  it  is  usual 
to  keep  the  stem    of  the  stock  as  nearly  upright  as 

E 


50  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

possible ;  but  as  the  graft  is  often  too  stiff  to  bend 
readily,  the  tree  may  be  planted  slopingly. 

Single  diagonal  apricot  trees  require  a  south  or 
south-west  aspect,  and  should  be  planted  eighteen  to 
twenty  inches  apart,  and  every  shoot  pinched  in  during 
the  summer,  as  directed  for  cordon  pear  trees  (p.  48), 
and  the  same  directions  as  to  reducing  and  thinning 
out  the  fruit  spurs  in  winter  are  necessary.  The 
leading  shoot  need  not,  as  a  general  rule,  be  shortened 
till  it  reaches  the  top  of  the  wall,  as  the  shoot  of  an 
apricot  tree  is  generally  so  robust  and  full  of  buds.  A 
single  diagonal  apricot  tree,  sloped  to  an  angle  of  45° 
or  so,  will,  when  it  reaches  the  top  of  a  wall  ten  feet 
in  height,  be  a  cordon  fifteen  feet  in  length.  A  wall 
twenty  feet  long  will  thus  give  space  enough  for  ten 
or  twelve  trees,  which  in  the  course  of  two  or  three 
years  will  bear  large  quantities  of  fruit.  One  most 
important  advantage,  I  repeat,  is  held  out  by  this  mode 
of  culture  :  no  unseemly  gaps  need  be  seen,  owing  to 
the  death  of  branches,  as  in  the  present  mode ;  for 
whenever  a  tree  dies — a  very  uncommon  event — it  may 
be  at  once  replaced.  The  expense  of  ten  trees  instead 
of  one  maybe  urged  by  the  planter,  costing  15s.  instead 
of  7s.  6d.  for  one  well-trained  tree.  I  have  only  to 
remark  that  when  the  system  is  fully  carried  out  the 
demand  will  be  met  by  a  much  cheaper  supply,  and  it 
must  be  recollected  that  it  gives  a  tenfold  advantage 
over  the  old  method  of  training. 

Above  all,  it  does  away  with  the  tiresome  annual 


DIAGONAL   SINGLE   CORDONS  51 

necessity  of  '  laying  in '  shoots,  and  pruning  and  nailing 
in  winter;  if  not  tied  to  wires  fixed  to  the  wall  the 
diagonal  cordon  can  be  fastened  by  three  or  four  shreds, 
care  being  taken  that  the  shreds  are  not  lurking-places 
for  insects. 

Peaches  and  nectarines  trained  as  diagonal  cordons 
against  walls  with  a  south  or  south-west  aspect  are 
worthy  of  a  trial,  but  only  in  the  warmer  parts  of 
EngTand. 

The  system  of  single  diagonal  training  is  so  simple 
that  one  feels  assured  of  its  being  widely  spread  among 
amateur  gardeners,  who  seem  likely  to  lead  the  sound 
gardening  taste  of  England.  It  must,  however,  be 
recollected  that,  although  such  trees  trained  against  a 
wire  fence  are  pleasant  to  look  at,  they  require  protection 
from  spring  frost,  our  great  enemy. 

The  making  of  these  wire  fences  for  diagonal 
cordons  is  very  simple.  Straining  posts  of  oak,  five 
inches  by  two  and  a  half,  are  placed  firmly  in  the 
ground,  twenty  feet  apart ;  between  these,  at  six  feet 
apart,  are  the  perforated,  flat,  slight  iron  bars  used  to 
support  wire  fences :  the  wire  may  be  stout  iron  wire 
the  thickness  of  whipcord,  which  should  be  painted 
with  coal-tar  and  lime,  or  if  galvanised  no  painting 
will  be  required.  The  lowest  wire  is  eighteen  inches 
from  the  surface  of  the  soil,  and  the  other  wires  are 
one  foot  apart,  as  high  as  required ;  but  six,  seven, 
or  eight  feet  will  be  found  high  enough.  Fig.  11  will 
give  an  idea  of  diagonal   cordon  training  on  a  wire 

E  2 


52  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

fence.  My  trees,  planted  from  fifteen  to  eighteen 
inches  apart,  are  models  of  beauty,  far  surpassing 
espalier  training,  and  giving  more  fruit  in  the  same 
space.  For  boundary  fences  in  the  kitchen  garden  I 
know  of  nothing  more  desirable  or  more  economical 
than  a  diagonal  cordon  fence  covered  with  trees  full  of 
fruit. 

The  double  trellis  is  made  precisely  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  single  trellis,  but  the  addition  of  hori- 
zontal iron  bars,  fastened  to  the  straining  posts,  one 
foot  in  length,  gives  the  power  of  placing  two  rows  of 
wires  instead  of  one,  thus  economising  space,  and  by 
using  the  same  straining  posts  the  means  of  gaining 
twice  the  produce  is  afforded  ;  the  additional  expense 
being  the  iron  strainers  and  the  wires. 

In  cultivating  pears  or  any  other  fruit  trees  on 
trellises,  I  recommend  digging  a  trench  parallel  to  the 
trees,  about  eighteen  inches  from  the  stem,  and  from 
one  foot  to  eighteen  inches  in  depth.  This  should  be 
filled  with  rotten  manure  and  loam,  and  should  be 
used  as  a  permanent  root  border,  an  alternate  parallel 
trench  being  dug  to  supply  the  fresh  and  to  receive  the 
used-up  soil.  It  will,  I  think,  be  understood  that  this 
system  will  provide  fresh  food  for  the  roots  of  the  trees, 
and  will  also  form  a  modified  system  of  root-pruning ; 
the  roots  will  be  found  to  grow  luxuriantly  and  will  not 
travel  far.  The  soil  taken  from  the  trellis  trench  will 
serve  again  in  alternate  years,  as  it  will  have  had  a 
fallow,  and  if  the  surface  is  dressed  with  manure  and 


PEAE-TEEE   HEDGE  53 

lime,  it  will  be  in  all  respects  equal  to  virgin  soil. 
Care  must  be  taken  to  make  the  trellis  trench  firm  and 
solid,  as  the  roots  of  trees  dislike  a  loose  soil. 

I  may  here  suggest  that  prisoners  could  make  pro- 
tecting mats  for  fruit  trees  at  a  cheap  rate.  These  may 
be  light,  strong,  and  durable.  The  material  of  which 
they  are  made  will  be  thick  enough  to  prevent  damage 
from  the  severe  frosts  in  April  and  May,  months  when 
the  blossoms  or  the  young  fruit  suffer  most. 


PEAR-TREE   HEDGE 

A  FEW  years  since,  when  visiting  a  friend  at  Fontenay- 
aux-Roses,  near  Paris,  I  was  much  struck  with  a  hedge 
formed  of  pear-trees  on  the  quince  stock.  He  smiled 
when  he  told  me  his  method  of  cultivation  and  pruning, 
the  latter  being  simply  clipping  his  hedge  in  July  with 
the  garden  shears,1  and  thinning  out  the  spurs  in 
winter  when  they  become  crowded.  When  my  friend 
paid  me  a  visit,  I  inquired,  with  some  interest,  about  his 
pear-tree  hedge.  He  assured  me  that  it  was  perfectly 
healthy,  and  generally  gave  him  large  crops  of  fruit. 
The  sorts  proper  to  form  a  hedge  are  Louise  Bonne  of 
Jersey,  Beurre  d'Amanlis,  Beurre  Hardy,  Conseiller  de 
la    Cour,    Beurre    d'Aremberg,   Beurre    Superfin,    and 

1  An  English   cultivator    would    employ    pruning   scissors  to 
shorten  the  shoots,  and  thus  make  his  hedge  look  as  if  cared  for. 


54  THE   MINIATURE   FEUIT   GAKDEN 

Doyenne  du  Cornice.  These  are  all  free  growers  on  the 
quince  stock,  and  if  planted  in  a  favourable  soil  and 
climate  would  soon  form  a  fruitful  hedge.  They  should 
be  planted  about  thirty  inches  apart,  and  in  masses, 
i.e.  planting,  say,  ten  of  each  sort  together.  A  hedge 
may  be  formed,  varying  more  in  its  aspect  by  planting 
one  or  two  trees  of  each  sort  in  succession — this  is  a 
mere  matter  of  taste.  A  pear-tree  hedge  when  in  full 
bloom  has  a  very  agreeable  look,  and  when  full  of  fruit 
is  very  profitable. 


PYRAMIDS   ON  THE   PEAR   STOCK 

There  are  some  dry,  warm,  shallow  soils,  more  parti- 
cularly those  resting  on  chalk  or  gravel,  which  are  un- 
favourable to  the  pear  on  the  quince  stock ;  it  is  difficult 
to  make  them  flourish  unless  great  care  is  taken  in 
mulching  the  surface,  and  giving  them  abundance  of 
water  and  liquid  manure  in  summer.  In  such  soils 
pyramids  on  the  pear  stock  may  be  cultivated  with  but 
little  trouble. 

To  those  who  wish  to  train  them  as  they  should 
grow,  one-year-old  grafted  plants  may  be  selected, 
which  may  be  managed  as  directed  for  young  pyramids 
on  the  quince  stock.  If  trees  of  mature  growth  are 
planted,  they  will  require  the  treatment  recommended 
for  pyramids  on  the  quince  stock,  but  as  they  are  more 
vigorous  in  growth  excessive  summer  pinching  must  be 


PYEAMIDS   ON  THE   PEAK  STOCK  55 

avoided.  The  strong  laterals  should  have  the  terminal 
bud  nipped  in  June  and  the  rest  of  the  pruning  com- 
pleted in  September.  There  is  no  occasion,  however, 
to  make  a  mound  up  to  the  junction  of  the  graft  with 
the  stock,  as  the  pear  does  not  really  emit  roots.  Annual 
root-pruning  is  almost  indispensable  to  pyramids  on 
pear  stocks  in  small  gardens,  and  it  will  much  facili- 
tate this  operation  if  each  tree  be  planted  on  a  small 
mound ;  the  roots  are  then  so  easily  brought  to  the 
surface.  This  annual  operation,  which  should  be  done 
in  November,  may  be  dispensed  with  in  soils  not  rich, 
if  the  trees  be  lifted  biennially  in  that  month  and  re- 
planted, merely  pruning  off  the  ends  of  any  long  roots. 
Annual  surface  manuring,  as  recommended  for  pyramids 
on  the  quince,  is  also  necessary,  if  the  trees  be  root- 
pruned  or  biennially  removed. 

Trees  of  the  usual  size  and  quality  may  be  planted, 
and  suffered  to  remain  two  years  undisturbed,  unless 
the  soil  be  rich  and  they  make  vigorous  shoots  (say 
eighteen  inches  in  length)  the  first  season  after  plant- 
ing, in  which  case  operations  may  then  commence  the 
first  season.  Thus,  supposing  a  tree  to  be  planted  in 
November  or  December,  it  may  remain  untouched 
two  years  from  that  period ;  and  then  as  early  in 
autumn  as  possible  a  circumferential  trench,  twelve 
inches  deep,  should  be  dug,  and  every  root  cut  with 
the  knife  and  brought  near  to  the  surface,  and  the 
spade  introduced  under  the  trees  so  as  to  completely 
intercept  every  perpendicular  root. 


56  THE   MINIATURE   FKUIT   GARDEN 

The  treddle  spade  used  in  this  part  of  Hertford- 
shire is  a  very  eligible  instrument  for  this  purpose,  as 
the  edge  is  steeled  and  very  sharp.  The  following 
year,  the  third  from  planting,  a  trench  may  be  again 
opened  at  fifteen  inches  from  the  stem,  so  as  not  to 
injure  the  fibrous  roots  of  the  preceding  summer's 
growth,  and  the  knife  and  spade  again  used  to  cut  all 
the  spreading  and  perpendicular  roots  that  are  getting 
out  of  bounds.  The  fourth  year  the  same  operation 
may  be  repeated  at  eighteen  inches  from  the  stem ; 
and  in  all  subsequent  root-pruning  this  distance  from 
the  stem  must  be  kept.  This  will  leave  enough  un- 
disturbed earth  round  each  tree  to  sustain  as  much 
fruit  as  ought  to  grow,  for  the  object  is  to  obtain  a 
small  prolific  tree. 

I  find  that  in  the  course  of  years  a  perfect  mass  of 
fibrous  roots  is  formed,  which  only  requires  the  annual 
or  biennial  operation  (the  former  if  the  tree  be  very 
vigorous)  of  a  trench  being  dug,  and  the  ball  of  earth 
heaved  down  to  ascertain  whether  any  large  feeders 
are  making  their  escape  from  it,  and  to  cut  them  off. 
But  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  this  soil  will  in  a 
few  years  be  exhausted ;  to  remedy  which  a  shallow 
trench  should  be  made  round  the  tree  about  eighteen 
inches  from  the  stem :  this  should  be  filled  in  with  a 
dressing  of  night  soil  and  burnt  earth  in  December  or 
January.  This  manure  is  raw  and  powerful  and  very 
unsavoury,  but  it  will  not  come  into  contact  with  any 
active  roots  until  it  has  lost  its  pungency.    Other  liquid 


PYRAMIDS   ON   THE   PEAR   STOCK  57 

manures  are  equally  useful,  but  the  above  is  easily 
obtained  and  applied.  I  must  firmly  impress  upon 
the  reader  the  strong  necessity  of  applying  lime  or 
chalk  to  soils  deficient  in  this  deposit ;  I  believe  that 
many  so-called  exhausted  borders  require  only  the 
addition  of  lime  in  some  form  or  other  to  renovate 
decaying  trees. 

Gas  lime  after  an  exposure  to  the  air,  superphos- 
phate, gypsum,  lime  rubbish,  or  chalk  will  all  be  found 
to  act  beneficially. 

There  is  no  absolute  necessity  for  liquid  manuring 
in  the  winter,  as  common  dung  may  be  laid  round  each 
tree  in  autumn,  and  suffered  to  be  washed  in  by  the 
rains  in  winter  and  drawn  in  by  the  worms.  The 
great  end  to  attain  seems  (to  use  an  agricultural  phrase) 
to  be  able  to  '  feed  at  home  ' ;  that  is,  to  give  the  mass 
of  spongioles  enough  nutriment  in  a  small  space.  A 
tree  will  then  make  shoots  from  eight  to  ten  inches 
Jong  in  one  season  (for  such  ought  to  be  the  maxi- 
mum of  growth),  and  at  the  same  time  be  able  to 
produce  abundance  of  blossom-buds  and  fruit.  On 
trees  of  many  varieties  the  former  will  be  in  too 
great  abundance ;  removing  a  portion  in  early  spring, 
cutting  them  out  with  a  sharp  knife  so  as  to  leave 
each  fruit-spur  about  three  inches  apart,  is  excellent 
culture. 

I  have  not  yet  mentioned  the  possibility  of  root- 
pruning  fruit  trees  of  twenty  or  thirty  years'  growth 
with  advantage.      Irregular  amputation    of  the   roots 


58  THE   MINIATURE    FRUIT  GARDEN 

of  too  vigorous  fruit  trees  is,  I  am  aware,  an  old 
practice ;  but  the  regular  and  annual  or  biennial 
pruning  of  them,  so  as  to  keep  a  tree  full  of  youth  and 
vigour  in  a  stationary  and  prolific  state,  has  not,  that  I 
am  aware  of,  been  recommended  by  any  known  author, 
although  it  may  have  been  practised.  In  urging  its 
applicability  to  trees  of  twenty  or  thirty  years'  growth, 
I  must  recommend  caution  :  the  circular  trench  should 
not  be  nearer  the  stem  of  a  standard  tree  than  three 
feet,  or,  if  it  be  a  wall  tree,  four  feet,  and  only  two- 
thirds  of  the  roots  should  be  pruned  the  first  season, 
leaving  one-third  to  support  the  tree,  so  that  it  cannot 
be  blown  on  one  side  by  the  wind,  and  these  of  course 
must  be  left  where  they  will  best  give  this  support. 
The  following  season  half  the  remaining  roots  may  be 
cut,  or,  if  the  tree  be  inclined  to  vigour,  all  of  them ; 
but  if  it  gives  symptoms  of  being  checked  too  much, 
they  may,  on  the  contrary,  remain  undisturbed  for  one, 
or  even  two  seasons.  If,  as  is  often  the  case  in  pear, 
trees,  the  roots  are  nearly  all  perpendicular,  the  tree 
must  be  supported  with  stakes  for  one  or  two  years 
after  complete  root-pruning. 

The  following  extract  from  a  letter  received  from  the 
late  C.  Koach  Smith,  Esq.,  the  archaeologist,  is  interest- 
ing, as  showing  the  prompt  effects  of  root-pruning  of 
trees  : — '  I  have  only  been  a  horticulturist  for  three 
years  ;  I  took  to  two  very  beautiful  old  pear  trees, 
which  must  have  cost  no  end  of  nailing,  cuttiug,  and 
staking.      On  inquiry,  I  found  that  one  (a   Summer 


EOOT-PEUNING   OF  FRUIT  TEEES  59 

Bon  Chretien)  had  never  produced  more  than  one  pea/r 
annually ;  the  other  upon  a  north  wall  had  never  given 
a  single  pear.  I  could  get  no  aid  from  anyone  what  to 
do  with  those  trees,  and  no  book  then  accessible  helped 
me.  I  reflected  on  the  natural  habit  of  the  pear  tree, 
and  coming  to  the  conclusion  that  the  cause  of  barren- 
ness was  exuberance  of  roots,  I  resolved  to  cut  them. 
Before  the  leaves  had  fallen,  a  friend  sent  me  "  The 
Eetired  Gardener,"  an  old  book  translated  from  the 
French.  In  it  I  found  an  account  of  some  experiments 
made  in  England  which  fortified  me  in  the  resolution 
I  had  taken.  The  first  year  the  Summer  Bon  Chretien 1 
produced  nine  fruit.  I  pruned  the  roots  more  closely, 
and  this  year  (1859),  in  spite  of  the  ungenial  spring,  I 
saved  fifty-nine  pears.  The  other  tree  yielded  thirty- 
six,  but  of  so  vile  a  quality  that  I  have  re-grafted  the 
tree.  A  large  plum  treated  in  the  same  way  produced 
the  season  after  being  root-pruned  2,000  fruit.' 

It  will  not,  perhaps,  be  out  of  place  here  to 
enumerate  a  few  of  the  advantages  of  systematic  root- 
pruning  and  removing  or  lifting  of  pear,  apple,  and 
plum  trees,  and  of  growing  them  as  pyramidal  trees 
and  bushes. 

Firstly.  Their  eligibility  for  small  gardens,  even 
the  smallest. 

Secondly.  The  facility  of  thinning  the  blossom- 
buds,  and  in  some  varieties,  such  as  Gansel's  Bergamot 

1  This  is  one  of  our  oldest  varieties,  and  remarkable  for  being  a 
very  shy  bearer. 


60  THE   MINIATURE  FKUIT   GAEDEN 

and  other  shy-bearing  sorts,  of  setting  the  blossoms  and 
of  thinning  and  gathering  the  fruit. 

Thirdly.  Their  making  the  gardener  independent  of 
the  natural  soil  of  his  garden,  as  a  few  barrowfuls  of  rich 
mould  with  annual  manure  on  the  surface  will  support 
a  tree  for  many,  very  many  years,  thus  placing  bad 
soils  nearly  on  a  level  with  those  the  most  favourable. 

Fourthly.  The  capability  of  removing  trees  of  fifteen 
or  twenty  years'  growth  with  as  much  facility  as  fur- 
niture. To  tenants  this  will  indeed  be  a  boon,  for 
perhaps  one  of  the  greatest  annoyances  a  tenant  is 
subject  to  is  that  of  being  obliged  to  leave  behind  him 
trees  that  he  has  nurtured  with  the  utmost  care. 

Probably  in  judicious  root-pruning  and  annual 
manuring  on  the  surface,  so  as  to  keep  our  fruit  trees 
full  of  short,  well-ripened,  fruitful  shoots,  we  are  all 
inexperienced. 

Root-pruning  was  practised  with  success  in  a  garden 
near  where  for  some  years  a  healthy  peach  tree  was 
never  seen,  as  the  subsoil  is  a  cold  white  clay,  full  of 
chalk  stones.  This  change  was  brought  about  by 
biennially  pruning  the  roots  of  the  trees  early  in 
autumn,  as  soon  as  the  fruit  was  gathered ;  in  some 
cases  lifting  the  trees  and  supplying  their  roots  with 
a  dressing  of  leaf-mould,  sand,  and  rotten  manure,  equal 
parts.  Powdered  charcoal,  or  the  ashes  of  burnt  turf 
and  rotten  manure,  also  make  an  excellent  root-dressing 
for  cold  heavy  soils ;  but  if  the  soil  be  dry  and  poor, 
and  unfavourable  to  the  peach  and  nectarine,  loam  and 


ROOT-PRUNING-  OF  FRUIT  TREES        61 

rotten  manure  is  the  best  dressing  for  the  roots,  and 
also  for  the  surface. 


PLANTING   AND   AFTER   MANAGEMENT 

Pyramidal  pear  trees  of  from  three  to  five  years  old 
on  the  quince  stock,  root-pruned,  and  full  of  blossom  - 
buds,  may  be  purchased.  Trees  of  this  description 
should,  if  possible,  be  planted  before  Christmas ;  but  if 
the  soil  be  very  tenacious,  the  holes  may  be  opened  in 
the  autumn,  and  the  trees  planted  in  February;  the 
soil  will  be  mellowed  and  benefited  by  the  frosts  of 
winter.1 

Pear  trees  grafted  on  the  quince  stock  offer  a 
curious  anomaly ;  for  if  they  are  removed  quite  late 
in  spring — say  towards  the  end  of  March,  when  their 
blossom-buds  are  just  on  the  point  of  bursting — they 
will  bear  a  fine,  and  often  an  abundant,  crop  of  fruit. 
This  is  sometimes  owing  to  the  blossoms  being  retarded, 
and  thus  escaping  the  spring  frosts ;  but  it  has  so  often 
occurred  here  when  no  frosts  have  visited  us  that   I 

1  The  roots  of  pear  trees  on  the  quince  stock,  and,  indeed,  of  all 
root-pruned  trees,  are  very  fibrous.  In  planting,  it  is  good  practice 
to  give  each  tree  two  shovelfuls  of  fine  earth  or  mould  rather  dry — 
to  place  it  on  the  roots  and  shake  the  tree,  so  that  the  mould  is 
mixed  with  the  mass  of  fibrous  roots.  Before  the  soil  is  all  filled  in, 
three  or  four  gallons  of  water  should  be  poured  in,  so  as  to  wash  the 
earth  into  every  crevice.  The  roots  should  not  be  crammed  into  a 
small  hole.  A  tree  with  its  roots  eighteen  inches  in  diameter  will 
require  a  hole  2^  feet  in  diameter,  and  so  on  in  proportion. 


62  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

notice  it — in  fact,  no  trees  bear  late  removal  so  well  as 
pears  on  quince  stocks. 

In  planting  pear  trees  on  the  quince  stock,  it  is  quite 
necessary  that  the  stock  should  be  covered  up  to  its 
junction  with  the  graft.  This  joining  of  the  graft  to 
the  stock  is  generally  very  evident,  even  to  the  most 
ignorant  in  gardening  matters  ;  it  usually  assumes  the 
form  as  given  in  fig.  12,  a. 


Fig.  12.—  a,  Junction  of  the  graft  with  the  stock,     b,  the  point 
up  to  which  the  stock  should  be  covered. 

If  the  soil  be  not  excessively  wet,  the  tree  may  be 
placed  in  a  hole,  say  three  feet  in  diameter  and  eighteen 
inches  deep,  in  the  usual  way,  so  that  the  upper  roots  are 
slightly  above  the  level  of  the  surface,  as  the  tree  will 
always  settle  down  two  or  three  inches  the  first  season 
after  planting.  Some  light  compost  should  be  filled  in, 
and  the  tree  well  shaken,  so  that  it  is  thoroughly  mingled 
with  its  roots.  The  compost  must  then  be  trodden 
down ;  and  so  far  the  planting  is  finished.  The  earth 
should  then  be  placed  round  the  stem,  and  formed  into 
a  mound,  which  should  cover  the  stock  up  to,  but  not 
above,  the  junction  of  the  graft  with  the  stock,  in  order 


PLANTING  AND  AFTEK  MANAGEMENT  63 

to  encourage  it  to  emit  roots  into  the  surface  soil,  and  to 
keep  it  (the  stock)  from  becoming  hard  and  '  bark-bound.' 

As  the  mounds  will  subside  by  the  heavy  rains  of 
winter,  presuming  that  the  trees  have  been  planted  in 
autumn,  fresh  compost  of  the  same  nature  must  be 
added  in  spring,  and  every  succeeding  autumn.  A 
quarter  of  a  peck  of  soot,  strewed  on  the  surface  in  a 
circle  three  feet  in  diameter  round  each  tree  in  March, 
is  an  excellent  stimulant.  The  great  object  in  the 
culture  of  the  pear  on  the  quince  stock  is  to  encourage 
the  growth  of  its  very  fibrous  roots  at  the  surface,  so 
that  they  may  feel  the  full  influence  of  the  sun  and  air. 
The  slight  mounds  recommended  may  be  made  orna- 
mental, if  required,  by  placing  pieces  of  rock  or  flint 
on  them,  which  will  also  prevent  the  birds  scratching 
at  them  for  worms ;  but  the  stones  selected  must  not  be 
very  large  and  heavy — they  should  be  about  the  size 
and  weight  of  a  brick.  In  light  friable  soils,  the  mounds 
may  be  from  three  to  four  inches  above  the  surface  of 
the  surrounding  soil ;  in  heavy  retentive  wet  soils,  from 
sis  to  eight  inches  will  not  be  found  too  high. 

In  soils  of  a  light  dry  nature  the  pear  on  the  quince 
requires  careful  culture  ;  the  surface  round  the  tree 
should  be  covered  during  June,  July,  and  August  with 
short  litter,1  or  manure,  and  in  dry  weather  give  the 

1  A  clerical  amateur  has  informed  me  that  this  mulching  or 
placing  half -rotten  manure  one  or  two  inches  deep  on  the  surface  in 
a  circle  from  two  to  three  feet  in  diameter  and  one  and  a  half 
inches  deep,  according  to  the  size  of  the  tree,  will  prevent  pears 
cracking. 


64  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

trees  a  drenching  once  a  week  with  guano  water  (about 
one  pound  to  ten  gallons)  and  equal  parts  of  soot,  which 
must  be  well  stirred  before  it  is  used.  Each  tree  should 
have  ten  gallons  poured  gradually  into  the  soil ;  by  this 
method  the  finest  fruit  may  be  produced ;  and  as  it  is 
very  probable  that  ere  many  years  elapse  exhibitions  of 
pears  will  become  very  popular,  this  will  be  the  mode  to 
procure  fine  specimens  to  show  for  prizes.  I  must  also 
here  repeat  that  lime  rubbish  or  chalk  should  be  applied 
to  soils  deficient  in  calcareous  deposit ;  I  think  that  all 
fruit  trees  would  be  benefited  by  a  biennial  dressing  of 
superphospate.  Gas  lime  after  an  exposure  of  a  month 
or  two  may  be  advantageously  mixed  with  the  surface- 
dressing  of  manure.  Gypsum  dissolved  in  water  is  a 
very  efficient  fertiliser. 

Our  oldest  gardening  authors  have  said  that  '  pears 
engrafted  on  the  quince  stocks  give  their  fairest  fruit ' ; 
and  they  are  correct.  It  has  been  asserted  that  the 
fruit  is  liable  to  be  gritty  and  deficient  in  flavour.  I 
can  only  say  that  from  my  trees  growing  on  a  cold 
clayey  soil,  I  have  tasted  fruit  of  Marie  Louise,  Louis 
Bonne  of  Jersey,  and  others,  all  that  could,  be  wished 
for  in  size  and  flavour. 

In  the  course  of  my  experience,  and  since  the  above 
recommendation  to  plant  on  mounds  was  written,  I  have 
found  it  good  practice  in  very  dry  soils  to  plant  pear 
trees  on  the  quince  stock  with  the  junction  of  the  graft 
just  level  with  the  surface,  so  as  not  to  require  mounds 
round  their  stems.     The  first  season  they  should  have 


PLANTING  AND   AFTER   MANAGEMENT 


65 


some  manure  on  the  surface,  laid  in  a  circle  round  the 
stem  ;  and  the  second  year  a  shallow  basin,  two  feet  in 
diameter  and  four  inches  deep,  should  be  dug  round  the 
stem,  and  filled  with  some  manure  about  half-rotten. 


FlG.  13. — Bush  pear  tree  in  the  garden  of  J.  Meadows,  Esq., 
Wexford.  Photographed  September  13,  1872.  This  tree, 
worked  on  the  quince  stock,  is  now  22  years  old,  5  feet 
high,  3  feet  through  the  centre,  and  100  inches  in  circum- 
ference It  bears  abundantly  every  year,  and,  a  few  days 
after  this  photograph  was  taken,  189  handsome  pears 
were  gathered  from  it. 


This  basin  thus  filled  will  keep  moist  even  in  the  most 
dry  and  hot  weather,  and  will  become  full  of  fibrous 
roots.  This  is  also  an  excellent  method  of  renovating 
pear  trees  that  have  exhausted  themselves  by  bearing 

F 


66  THE   MINIATURE   FKUIT   GARDEN 

too  abundantly  or  that  appear  unhealthy  by  their  leaves 
turning  yellow.  In  such  cases,  when  the  trees  are  of 
advanced  growth,  a  basin  of  the  same  depth,  but  three 
or  more  feet  in  diameter,  should  be  formed  and  filled 
with  manure ;  in  all  cases  for  this  purpose  this  should 
be  but  slightly  decomposed. 


GATHERING  THE   FRUIT 

The  fruit  of  pears,  more  particularly  those  on  quince 
stocks,  should  not  be  suffered  to  ripen  on  the  tree, 
the  summer  and  autumn  varieties  should  be  gathered 
before  they  are  quite  ripe,  and  left  to  ripen  in  the  fruit 
room.1  The  late  pears  should  be  gathered  before  the 
leaves  take  their  autumnal  tints ;  if  suffered  to  remain 
too  long  on  the  trees  they  frequently  never  ripen, 
but  continue  hard  till  they  rot.  In  most  seasons, 
from  the  beginning  to  the  end  of  October  is  a  good 
time,  but  much  depends  on  soil  and  climate.  The 
following  passage  from  that  very  excellent  work, 
Downing's  '  Fruit  Trees  of  America,'  is  appropriate  to 
this  subject : — 

'  The  pear  is  a  peculiar  fruit  in  one  respect,  which 
should  always  be  kept  in  mind,  viz.,  that  most  varieties 
are  much  finer  in  flavour  if  incited  from  the  tree,  and 

1  Pears  that  ripen  in  September  and  October  should  not  be 
gathered  all  at  one  time,  but  at  intervals  of  a  week  or  so,  making, 
say,  three  gatherings  ;  their  season  is  thus  much  prolonged. 


GATHERING  THE    FEUIT  67 

ripened  in  the  house,  than  if  allowed  to  become  fully 
matured  on  the  tree.  There  are  a  few  exceptions  to 
this  rule,  but  they  are  very  few.  And,  on  the  other 
hand,  we  know  a  great  many  varieties,  which  are  only 
second  or  third-rate  when  ripened  on  the  tree,  but  possess 
the  highest  and  richest  flavour  if  gathered  at  the  proper 
time,  and  allowed  to  mature  in  the  house.  This  proper 
season  is  easily  known,  first  by  the  ripening  of  a  few 
full-grown,  but  worm-eaten  specimens,  which  fall  soonest 
from  the  tree ;  and,  secondly,  by  the  change  of  colour, 
and  the  readiness  of  the  stalk  to  part  from  the  branch 
on  gently  raising  the  fruit.  The  fruit  should  then  be 
gathered,  or  so  much  of  the  crop  as  appears  sufficiently 
matured,  and  spread  out  on  shelves  in  the  fruit  room, 
or  upon  the  floor  of  the  garret.  Here  it  will  gradually 
assume  its  full  colour  and  become  deliciously  melting 
and  luscious.  Many  sorts  which  if  suffered  to  ripen  in 
the  sun  or  open  air  are  rather  dry,  when  ripened  within 
doors  are  most  abundantly  melting  and  juicy.  They 
will  also  last  for  a  considerably  longer  period,  if  ripened 
in  this  way,  maturing  gradually  as  wanted  for  use,  and 
being  thus  beyond  the  risk  of  loss  or  injury  by  violent 
storms  or  high  winds. 

'  Winter  dessert  pears  should  be  allowed  to  hang  on 
the  tree  as  long  as  possible,  till  the  nights  become  frosty.1 
They  should   then    be    wrapped    separately  in    paper, 

1  I  feel  compelled  to  differ  from  Mr.  D.  in  this  respect,  for  in 
the  autumn  of  1855,  I  suffered  many  pears  to  hang  on  the  trees  till 
the  end  of  October,  and  they  never  ripened.  I  believe  the  first  week 
in  October  to  be  the  best  period  to  gather  winter  pears  in. 

f  2 


68  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

packed  in  kegs,  barrels,  or  small  boxes,  and  placed  in  a 
cool  dry  room,  free  from  frost.  Some  varieties,  as  the 
Beurre  d'Aremberg,  will  ripen  finely  with  no  other  care 
than  placing  them  in  barrels  in  the  cellar,  like  apples. 
But  most  kinds  of  the  finer  winter  dessert  pears  should 
be  brought  into  a  warm  apartment  for  a  couple  of  weeks 
before  their  usual  season  of  maturity.  They  should  be 
kept  covered,  to  prevent  shrivelling.  Many  sorts  that 
are  comparatively  tough  if  ripened  in  a  cold  apartment, 
become  very  melting,  buttery,  and  juicy,  when  allowed 
to  mature  in  a  room  kept  at  a  temperature  of  60  or  70 
deg.' 

The  following  is  from  Mr.  Glass's  '  Gardening  Book,' 
as  given  in  the  '  Gardener's  Chronicle ' : — 

HOW   TO   STORE   WINTER   PEARS   EST   SMALL   QUANTITIES 

'Get  some  unglazecl  jars — garden  pots  will  do;  make 
them  perfectly  clean,  if  they  have  ever  been  used.  The 
best  way  is  to  half  burn  or  bake  them  over  again. 

1  Gather  your  pears  very  carefully,  so  as  not  to  rub 
off  the  bloom  or  break  the  stalk.  On  no  account  knock 
them  about  so  as  to  bruise  them.  Put  them  on  a  dry 
sweet  shelf,  to  sweat.  When  this  sweating  is  over,  rub 
them  dry  with  a  soft  cloth,  as  tenderly  as  if  you  were 
dry-rubbing  a  baby. 

'  As  soon  as  they  are  quite  dry,  put  them,  one  over 
the  other,  into  the  jars  or  garden  pots,  without  any  sort 
of  packing  ;  close  up  the  mouth  of  the  jar  loosely,  or  of 
the  garden-pot,  by  whelming  the  pan  or  placing  a  piece 


KEEPING  PEAES  IN  A  GKEENHOUSE      69 

of  slate  over  it,  and  stow  them  away  in  a  darkish  closet 
where  they  cannot  get  the  frost. 

'  Open  the  jars  now  and  then,  to  see  how  they  are 
getting  on. 

{ Do  not  put  more  than  one  sort  in  the  same  jar  if 
you  can  help  it.  Mind — the  warmer  they  are  kept,  the 
faster  they  will  ripen.' 


KEEPING   PEARS  IN   A   GREENHOUSE 

Pears  may  be  kept  in  a  greenhouse,  in  great  perfection, 
all  the  autumn. 

The  greenhouse  in  which  this  experiment  was  tried 
is  a  lean-to  house  with  a  south-west  aspect,  twelve  feet 
wide,  with  a  path  in  the  centre,  a  bench  in  front  of 
common  slates  laid  on  wooden  bars.  The  pears  were 
laid  on  the  front  bench,  the  glass  over  them  shaded  till 
the  end  of  November,  and  the  house  ventilated;  in 
severe  frosts  the  temperature  was  kept  just  above 
freezing.  The  autumn  and  early  winter  pears  under 
this  treatment  ripened  slowly,  and  were  of  excellent 
flavour. 

After  all,  I  think  there  is  no  better  material  for 
preserving  pears  plump  and  sound  than  dry  burnt 
earth ;  this  never  turns  musty,  never  ferments,  but 
seems  to  remain  under  all  circumstances  perfectly  inno- 
cuous. 


70        THE  MINIATUEE  FEUIT  GAEDEN 

My  own  fruit  room,  in  which  the  fruit  keeps  very 
successfully,  is  a  span  roof  thatched  building  with  a 
walk  down  the  centre  and  benches  on  either  side ; 
the  fruit  is  placed  on  bars  of  wood  about  one  inch  apart. 
Pears  and  apples  keep  well  until  their  extreme  limit  of 
ripening. 

Winter  and  very  late  pears  will  ripen  well  when 
taken  from  the  fruit  room  and  placed  in  a  warmer 
temperature. 

If  the  fruit  is  exposed  to  the  sun  under  glass  when 
gathered  it  will  keep  better  than  if  stored  immediately 
after  picking.  The  exposure  to  the  sun  completes  the 
process  of  ripening,  and  the  late  pears  are  much  im- 
proved in  flavour  by  this  treatment. 


71 


PYRAMIDAL  APPLE   TREES   ON  THE 
PARADISE   APPLE    STOCK 

Apples  as  pyramids  on  the  Paradise  stock  are  objects 
of  great  beauty  and  utility.  This  stock,  like  the  quince, 
is  remarkable  for  its  tendency  to  emit  numerous  fibrous 
roots  near  the  surface,  and  for  contracting  the  growth 
of  the  graft,  causing  it  to  become  fruitful  at  a  very 
early  stage.  On  the  Continent  there  are  two  varieties 
of  the  apple  under  this  denomination,  viz.,  the  Doucin, 
and  the  Pomme  de  Paradis ;  these  are  called  Paradise 
stocks  in  England,  but  on  the  Continent  the  first  and 
last  are  used  for  distinct  purposes — the  first  for 
pyramids,  the  latter  for  dwarf  bushes. 

The  Doucin  stock  is  probably  the  same  as  that 
called  '  Dutch  Creeper,'  or  '  Dutch  Paradise,'  by  Miller, 
in  his  Dictionary,  folio  edition  of  1759.  It  puts  forth 
abundance  of  fibrous  roots  near  the  surface  of  the  soil, 
and  is  not  inclined  to  root  deeply  into  it  like  the  crab. 
Apples  grafted  on  this  stock  are  more  vigorous  than 
when  grafted  on  the  French  Paradise  stock,  and  less  so 
than  those  on  the  crab ;  it  is,  therefore,  well  adapted  for 
garden  trees,  for  they  are  easily  lifted,  their  roots  thus 


72  THE   MINIATUBE   FRUIT  GAEDEN 

kept  to  the  surface,  and  the  tree  consequently  kept  free 
from  canker.  There  is  another  surface-rooting  apple 
also  well  adapted  for  stocks,  the  Burr  Knot.  This,  like 
the  Doucin,  will  strike  root,  if  stout  cuttings,  two  or 
three  years  old,  are  planted  two-thirds  of  their  length 
in  a  moist  soil ;  it  is  a  large,  handsome,  and  very 
good  culinary  apple.  At  Ware  Park  in  Hertfordshire, 
this  is  called  Byde's  Walking-stick  Apple,  owing  to 
Mr.  Byde,  the  former  proprietor  of  the  place,  often 
planting  branches  with  his  own  hand,  which  soon 
formed  nice  bearing  trees. 

Among  apples  raised  from  seed,  some  will  occasion- 
ally be  found  with  this  surface-rooting  nature ;  and 
this  is,  I  suspect,  the  reason  why  the  Doucin  stock, 
under  the  name  of  the  Paradise,  in  the  English 
nurseries,  differs  from  the  stock  used  as  Doucins  in 
France ;  there  are  also  several  varieties  cultivated  there, 
some  of  which  are  unfitted  for  our  climate. 

There  are  three  varieties  of  the  French  Paradise, 
all  making  very  dwarf  trees;  then  come  three  Dutch 
Paradise,  all  much  alike,  but  slightly  more  vigorous 
than  the  French  sorts ;  next  to  them  are  two  English 
Paradise,  both  of  them  from  old  English  nurseries — 
they  have  much  resemblance  to  the  French  Doucin 
stock,  but  are  better,  swelling  with  the  graft.  The 
Creeping  Paradise  is  probably  that  mentioned  by 
Miller,  in  the  last  century,  since  it  is  very  remarkable 
for  putting  forth  suckers  from  the  roots,  objectionable, 
but  not  common  with  the  apple  tribe.     The  Nonesuch 


PYEAMIDAL  APPLE  TEEES  ON  THE  PAKADISE  STOCK   73 

Paradise  stock,  raised  here  from  that  very  old  apple  the 
Nonesuch  of  Queen  Bess's  time,  is  quite  sui  generis, 
for  it  has  downy  leaves  and  a  knotted  stem,  but  is 
wonderfully  fertile.  The  Broad-leaved  Paradise,  also 
raised  from  seed  here,  is  the  best  variety  of  the  Doucin 
stock.  The  Miniature  and  Pigmy  Paradise,  both  raised 
from  seed  here,  have  the  dwarf  habit  of  the  French 
Paradise. 

The  Pommier  de  Paradis,  or  the  French  Paradise, 
seems  identical  with  the  '  dwarf  apple  of  Armenia,' 
referred  to  in  the  '  Journal  of  the  Horticultural  Society,' 
part  ii.  vol.  iii.  p.  115.  It  is  exceedingly  dwarf  in  its 
habit,  and  too  tender  for  this  climate,  unless  in  very 
warm  and  rich  soils.  Out  of  2,000  imported  in  1845, 
more  than  half  died  the  first  season,  and  two-thirds  of 
the  remainder  the  following.  They  were  planted  in 
fine  fertile  loam,  favourable  to  the  growth  of  apples,  and 
on  which  the  Doucin,  planted  the  same  season,  grew 
with  the  greatest  vigour.  The  same  result  attended  an 
importation  in  1866.  I  have  potted  some  plants,  and 
owing,  as  I  suppose,  to  the  roots  being  warmed  through 
the  pots  by  exposure  to  the  sun,  they  make  very  nice 
little  fruitful  bushes — in  fact,  real  miniature  apple  trees, 
bearing  fruit  when  only  nine  inches  in  height ;  to  have 
healthy  fertile  trees,  I  should  recommend  them  to  be 
gradually  shifted  into  fifteen-inch  pots.  The  citizen 
may  thus  have  his  apple  orchard  on  the  leads  of  his 
house. 

The  Nonesuch  and   Broad-leaved  Paradise  stocks, 


74  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT  GARDEN 

before  mentioned  as  my  seedlings,  are  most  deserving 
of  our  attention  as  stocks  for  forming  fruitful  healthy 
pyramids  and  bushes,  the  culture  of  which  is  very 
simple.  Grafted  trees  of  one,  two,  or  three  years' 
growth,  with  straight  leading  stems,  well  furnished 
with  buds  and  branches  to  the  junction  with  the  stock, 
should  be  planted.  No  manure  should  be  placed  to 
their  roots,  but  some  light  friable  mould  should  be 
shaken  into  them,  the  earth  filled  in,  trodden  down,  and 
two  or  three  shovelfuls  of  half-rotten  manure  laid  on  the 
surface  round  each  tree.  This  surface-dressing  may  be 
given  with  advantage  every  succeeding  autumn.  If  the 
soil  be  very  wet  and  retentive,  it  will  be  better  to  plant 
the  trees  in  small  mounds  ;  and  if  symptoms  of  canker 
make  their  appearance,  their  roots  should  be  examined 
annually  in  the  autumn,  as  recommended  in  root-prun- 
ing of  pears  on  the  quince  stock,  introducing  the  spade 
directly  under  the  roots,  so  as  to  prevent  any  entering 
deeply  into  the  soil,  and  bringing  all  as  nearly  to  the 
surface  as  possible,  filling  in  the  trench  with  light  friable 
compost ;  or  the  tree  may  be  lifted  and  replanted,  which 
will  be  found  more  efficient. 

If  the  soil  be  unfavourable,  and  apt  to  induce  a 
too  vigorous  growth  in  apple  trees,  followed  by  canker, 
the  roots  should  be  annually  root-pruned,  or  the  trees 
lifted — i.e.  taken  up  and  replanted.  If,  however, 
the  trees  make  shoots  of  only  moderate  vigour,  and  are 
healthy  and  fruitful,  their  roots  may  remain  undis- 
turbed ;  pinching  their  shoots  in  summer,  as  directed 


PYEAMLDAL  APPLE  TKEES  ON  THE  PARADISE  STOCK  75 

for  pyramidal  pears,  p.  10,  and  training  them  in  a 
proper  direction,  is  all  that  they  will  want.  Pyramids 
on  the  Paradise  stock  may  be  planted  six  feet  apart  in 
confined  gardens ;  six  feet  will  give  them  abundance 
of  room  ;  but  if,  owing  to  the  soil  being  of  an  extra 
fertility,  they  are  found  to  require  more,  the  trees,  if 
they  have  been  root-pruned,  may  be  removed,  almost 
without  receiving  a  check,  even  if  they  are  twenty  years 
old.  This  is  a  great  comfort  to  the  amateur  gardener 
who  amuses  himself  with  improving  his  garden ;  for 
how  often  does  a  favourite  fruit  tree,  which  cannot  be 
removed,  prevent  some  projected  improvement ! 

Apples  differ  greatly  in  their  habits  of  growth ; 
some  are  inclined  to  grow  close  and  compact,  like  a 
cypress — these  are  the  proper  sorts  for  pyramids ; 
others,  horizontally  and  crooked — these  should  be 
grown  as  bushes;  others  again  are  slender  and  thin 
in  their  growth,  so  that,  to  form  a  good  pyramid  of 
these  slender-growing  varieties,  it  is  necessary  to  begin 
the  first  year  with  a  young  tree,  and  to  pinch  the 
leader  as  soon  as  it  is  six  inches  long.  If  by  any 
neglect  the  lower  part  of  the  pyramid  be  not  furnished 
with  shoots,  but  have  dormant  buds,  or  buds  with  only 
two  or  three  leaves  attached,  a  notch  must  be  cut, 
about  half  an  inch  in  width,  just  above  the  bud  from 
which  a  shoot  is  required.  The  notch  must  be  cut 
through  the  outer  and  inner  bark,  and  alburnum,  or 
first  layer  of  wood ;  and  if  the  shoot  or  stem  be  young 
— say  from  two  to  four  inches  in  girth — it  may  be  cut 


76  THE   MINIATUEE   FEUIT  GAEDEN 

round  half  its  circumference.  If  this  be  done  in  spring 
or  summer,  the  following  season  a  shoot  will  generally 
make  its  appearance  ;  sometimes  even  the  first  season, 
if  the  stem  or  branch  be  notched  early  in  spring.  This 
method  of  producing  shoots  from  dormant  buds  may 
be  applied  with  advantage  to  all  kinds  of  fruit  trees, 
except  the  peach  and  nectarine,  which  are  not  often 
inclined  to  break  from  a  dormant  bud. 

Varieties  of  apples,  inclined  to  be  compact  and  close 
in  their  growth,  form  very  handsome  pyramids ;  but 
they  are  apt  to  be  unfruitful,  as  air  enough  is  not  ad- 
mitted to  the  interior  of  the  tree.  This  may  be  easily 
amended  by  bringing  the  lateral  shoots  down  to  a  hori- 
zontal position  for  a  year  or  two,  and  fastening  the  end  of 
each  shoot  to  a  st  ake ;  an  open  pyramidal  shape  will  thus 
be  attained,  which  the  tree  will  keep.  Other  varieties 
put  forth  their  laterals  horizontally,  and  some  are  even 
pendulous.  The  leading  perpendicular  shoot  of  varieties 
of  this  description  should  be  supported  by  a  stake,  till 
the  tree  is  of  mature  age.  Iron  rods,  about  the  size  of 
small  curtain-rods,  are  the  most  eligible ;  these,  if 
painted  with  coal-tar  and  lime,  sifted  and  mixed  with 
it  to  the  consistence  of  very  thick  paint,  put  on  boiling 
hot,  are  permanent. 

Apple  trees  in  confined  gardens  near  large  towns 
are  often  infested  with  'American  blight,'  aphis  lani- 
gera ;  this  makes  its  appearance  on  the  trees  generally 
towards  the  middle  of  summer,  like  patches  of  cotton- 
wool.    There  are  many  remedies  given  for  this  pest ; 


PYKAMIDAL  APPLE  TKEES  ON  THE  PARADISE  STOCK   77 

the  most  efficacious  I  have  yet  found  is  soft  soap  dis- 
solved in  soft  water,  two  pounds  to  the  gallon,  or  the 
Gishurst  compound,  sold  by  Price's  Candle  Company, 
one  pound  to  the  gallon,  and  applied  with  an  old 
painter's  brush.  Where  this  pest  shows  itself,  the 
branches  should  be  painted  in  the  autumn,  after  the 
fall  of  the  leaf,  with  paraffin,  care  being  taken  to  rub 
this  well  into  the  angles  of  the  branches. 

Here  let  me  impress  upon  the  lover  of  his  garden, 
living  anywhere  within  the  reach  of  smoke,  the  neces- 
sity of  using  the  syringe ;  its  efficacy  is  not  half  appre- 
ciated by  garden  amateurs.  As  soon  as  the  leaves  of 
his  fruit  trees  are  fully  expanded,  every  morning  and 
every  evening,  in  dry  weather,  should  the  attentive 
gardener  dash  on  the  water  with  an  unsparing  hand — 
not  with  a  plaything,  but  with  the  perforated  common 
syringe,  such  as  a  practical  gardener  would  use,  capable 
of  pouring  a  sharp  stream  on  the  plant,  and  of  dis- 
lodging all  the  dust  or  soot  that  may  have  accumulated 
in  twelve  hours.  For  apple  and  pear  trees  in  pots,  or 
in  small  city  gardens,  this  syringing  is  absolutely 
necessary. 

Pinching  the  shoots  of  pyramidal  apple  trees,  and, 
indeed,  exactly  the  same  method  of  managing  the  trees 
as  given  for  pyramidal  pears  on  the  quince  stock,  may 
be  followed  with  a  certainty  of  success ;  and  the  pro- 
prietor of  a  very  small  garden  may  thus  raise  apple 
trees  which  will  be  sure  to  give  him  much  gratification. 
To  have   fine  fruit  the  clusters  should  be  thinned  in 


78 


THE   3JINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 


June  ;  and  small  trees  should  not  be  overburdened,  for 
they  are  often  inclined,  like  young  pear  trees  on  the 
quince  stock,  to  bear  too  many  fruit  when  in  a  very 
young  state  :  the  constitution  of  the  tree  then  receives 
a  shock  which  it  will  take  two  or  three  seasons  to 
recover.  For  varieties  with  large  fruit,  one  on  each 
fruit-bearing  spur  will  be  enough  ;  if  a  small  sort,  from 
two  to  three  will  be  sufficient. 

There  are  so  many  really  good  apples  that  it  is 
difficult  to  make  a  selection  ;  the  following  sorts  will 
not  disappoint  the  planter ;  but  fifty  varieties  in  addi- 
tion, quite  equal  in  quality,  could  be  selected. 


Dessert  apples,  placed  in  the  order  of  their 
ripening 


Mr.  Gladstone 

Red      Joannetting      or 

Margaret 
Devonshire  Quarrenden 
Kerry  Pippin 
Benoni 

Summer  Golden  Pippin 
Williams's  Favourite 
Pine  Golden  Pippin 
Warwickshire  Pippin 
Ribston  Pippin 


Cox's  Orange  Pippin 
Mother 
Nonpareil 

Braddick's  Nonpareil 
Duke  of  Devonshire 
Mannington's  Pearmain 
Scarlet  Golden  Pippin 
Russet  Syke  House 
Lord  Burghley 
Allen's  Everlasting 
Melon 


APPLES  AS   BUSHES   ON   THE   PARADISE   STOCK      79 


Kitchen  apples 


Lord  Grosvenor 
Keswick  Codlin 
Duchess  of  Oldenburg 
Golden  Spire 
Warner's  King 
Stirling  Castle 
Cox's  Pomona 
Echlinville  Pippin 
Bismark 

Blenheim  Orange 
Small's  Admirable 


Peasgood's  Nonesuch 
Bramley's  Seedling 
Prince  Albert 
Tower  of  Glamis 
Betty  Geeson 
Mere  de  Menage 
Duinmelow's  Seedling 
Northern  Greening 
Rymer 

Striped  Beefing 
Gooseberry 


APPLES  AS  BUSHES  ON  THE  PARADISE 
STOCK 

There  are  some  varieties  of  apples  that  do  not  form, 
even  with  care,  well-shaped  pyramids ;  such  sorts  may 
be  qualified  as  bushes  when  grafted  on  the  Paradise 
stock,  and  are  then  excellently  well  adapted  for  small 
gardens.  I  have,  indeed,  reason  to  think  that  a  great 
change  may  be  brought  about  in  suburban  fruit  culture 
by  these  bush  trees.  I  have  shown,  in  pages  20  to  25, 
how  bush  pears  on  quince  stocks  may  be  cultivated. 
Pears  are,  however,  a  luxury ;  apples  and  plums  are 
necessaries    for   the    families   of    countless    thousands 


80 


THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 


living  near  London.  Apple  bushes,  always  very  pretty 
and  productive  trees,  may  be  planted  six  feet  apart, 
row  from  row,  and  four  feet  apart  in  the  rows.  If  two 
or  three  years  old  when  planted,  they  will  begin  to 
bear  even  the  first  season  after  planting.  They  should 
be  kept  from  the  attacks  of  the  green  aphis  in  summer 


Fig. 14 


by  dressing  the  young  shoots  with  quassia  mixture, 
given  in  a  note  to  page  115,  and  from  the  woolly  aphis 
by  Gishurst  Compound,  fir-tree  oil,  or  paraffin,  mentioned 
in  page  77.  The  principal  feature  in  this  culture  is 
summer  pinching,  which  must  regularly  be  attended  to, 
once  in  June,  and  once  at  the  end  of  September  ;  this  is 
done  by  pinching  or  cutting  off  the  terminal  bud  of 


APPLES   AS   BUSHES   ON   THE   PARADISE   STOCK      81 

every  shoot  as  soon  as  it  has  made  five  or  six  leaves, 
leaving  from  four  to  five  full-sized  ones.  After  September 
no  more  pruning  is  necessary  until  the  winter.  The 
final  or  winter  pruning  should  be  done  in  October  at 
the  close  of  the  growth ;  if  deferred  until  November  the 
wood  is  liable  to  injury  from  frost.  Some  varieties  of 
the  apple  have  their  leaves  very  thickly  placed  on  the 
shoots ;  with  them  it  is  better  not  to  count  the  leaves, 
but  to  leave  the  shoots  from  three  and  a  half  to  four 
inches  in  length.  If  the  soil  be  rich  and  the  trees  in- 
clined to  grow  too  vigorously,  they  may  be  removed 
biennially,  as  recommended  for  bush  pears,  by  digging 
a  circular  trench  one  foot  from  the  stem  of  the  tree,  and 
then  introducing  the  spade  under  its  roots,  heaving  it  up 
so  as  to  detach  them  all  from  the  soil,  and  then  filling  iD 
the  earth  dug  from  the  trench  and  treading  it  gently  on 
to  the  roots.  The  following  sorts  are  well  adapted  for 
this  bush  culture,  but  the  upright  varieties  recommended 
for  pyramids  form  nice  compact  bushes.1 

Dessert 

Mr.  Gladstone  ....  July,  Aug. 

Irish  Peach        ....  August 

Kerry  Pippin     ....  Aug.  Sept. 

Devonshire  Quarrenden      .  .  September 

1  These  dwarf  bushes  are  liable  to  be  gnawed  by  rabbits  and 
hares  in  exposed  gardens.  The  best  of  all  preventives  is  to  paint 
them  with  soot  and  milk,  well  mixed,  or,  still  better,  make  a  fence 
of  galvanised  wire  netting  round  the  garden  in  which  they  are. 
planted. 

G 


82 


THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT  GARDEN 


Wyken  or  Warwickshire  Pippin  Sept.  Oct. 

King  of  the  Pippins  .         .         .  Oct.  Nov. 

Blenheim  Orange       .  .  .  Nov.  Dec. 

Ribston  Pippin  ....  Nov.  Dec.  Jan. 

Cox's  Orange     ....  Nov.  Dec.  Jan. 

Braddick's   Nonpareil  .  .  Dec.  Jan. 

Mannington's  Pearmain      .  .  Jan.  Feb.  Mar. 


Kitchen 

Lord  Grosvenor 
Keswick  Codlin 
Golden  Spire 
Duchess  of  Oldenburg 
Ecklinville  Seedling  . 
Warner's  King. 
Stirling  Castle  . 
Northern  Greening    . 
Tower  of  Glarumis     . 
Dumrnelow's  Seedling 


August. 
Aug.  Sept. 
Aug.  Sept. 
Aug.  Sept. 
Aug.  Sept. 
Sept.  Oct. 
Sept.  Oct.  Nov. 
Dec.  Jan.  Feb. 
Jan.  Feb. 
Feb.  Mar.  Apr. 


There  is  no  mode  of  apple  culture  more  interesting 
than  bush  culture.  On  page  84  I  annex  a  sketch  of  a 
plantation  of  Cox's  Orange  [Pippin  (fig.  15),  of  one 
hundred  trees ;  they  were  planted  in  the  spring  of  1862. 
They  bore  a  fine  crop  in  1863  of  most  beautiful  fruit, 
and  in  1864  gave  a  crop  almost  too  abundant.  I  have 
been  obliged  to  move  this  small  orchard. 


83 


APPLES   AS   BUSHES   FOR   MARKET 
GARDENS 

In  a  well-ordered  fruit  garden  every  kind  of  fruit 
should  have  its  department,  every  kind  should  have  its 
allotment — apples  on  the  Paradise  stock,  ditto  on  the 
crab  stock,  pears  on  the  quince  stock,  the  same  on 
the  pear  stock.  Morello  cherries  as  pyramids  on  the 
Mahaleb  stock — the  best  of  all  methods  for  their  culture 
— and  the  various  kinds  of  the  Duke  cherries  on  the 
same  kind  of  stock.  Heart  and  Bigarreau  cherries  on 
the  common  cherry  stock,  plums  as  bushes,  pyramids, 
or  half  standards,  should  all  be  separated. 

I  have  been  led  into  these  remarks  on  market  garden 
fruit-tree  culture  by  my  own  experience,  and  especially 
into  a  consideration  of  the  great  improvement  that  may 
be  made  in  the  culture  of  apples  on  the  English  Paradise 
stock.  On  referring  to  page  82,  the  reader  will  find 
that  I  allude  to  my  plantation  of  Cox's  Orange  Pippin 
apple  trees  on  the  Paradise  stock  (see  fig.  15) ;  these 
trees  in  the  season  of  1864 — the  third  of  their  growth, 
and  the  fourth  of  their  age — gave  an  average  of  a  quarter 
of  a  peck  from  each  tree.  Some  of  the  kinds  likely  to 
sell  best  in  the  markets,  and  which  are  most  productive, 
are  the  following : — Lady  Sudeley,  Cox's  Orange  Pippin, 
King  of  the  Pippins,  Ribstone  Pippin,  Worcester  Pear- 
main,  Sturmer  Pippin,  Scarlet  Nonpareil,  Blenheim 
Orange,  Yellow  Ingestrie,  and  Dutch  Mignonne ;  these 

G  2 


84 


THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 


are  dessert  apples.     The  following  are  valuable  kitchen 
apples,  and  abundant  bearers  : — Lord  Grosvenor,  New 


/'\ 


Hawthornden,  Stirling  Castle,  Cox's  Pomona,  Keswick 
Codlin,  Dunimelow's  Seedling,  Golden  Spire,  Norfolk 
Bearer,    and    Duchess    of    Oldenburg.       Such    large 


APPLES   AS   BUSHES   FOR  MARKET   GARDENS       85 

varieties  as  Bedfordshire  Foundling,  Blenheim  Orange, 
and  Warner's  King  should  have  more  space,  be  planted 
twelve  feet  apart,  and  a  row  of  black  currants  or  goose- 
berries planted  between  the  rows,  as  some  years  will 
elapse  before  the  apple  trees  take  entire  possession  of 
the  ground.  One  sort  of  apple,  the  Manx  Codlin,  grows 
so  slowly  and  produces  so  abundantly  that  the  plan- 
tation need  not  be  more  than  six  feet  in  the  rows,  and 
may  be  planted  four  feet  plant  from  plant ;  with  annual 
manuring  large  quantities  may  be  obtained  ;  the  variety 
is  very  handsome  and  marketable,  but  it  has  the  defect, 
in  my  soil  at  least,  of  producing  fruit  of  irregular  size. 
The  proper  method  of  planting  and  managing  these 
bush  apple  trees  is  exactly  that  recommended  for  bush 
pear  trees  on  quince  stocks. 

The  land  for  these  orchards  should  be  thoroughly 
well  cleaned  before  planting,  and  if  wet  and  heavy 
should  be  drained.  It  is  not  necessary  to  trench,  holes 
opened  for  the  trees  will  answer ;  this  should  be  done  a 
month  before  planting ;  well  rotted  manure  should  be 
mixed  with  the  soil  previous  to  planting. 

It  will  be  seen  that  what  I  propose  is  in  reality  a 
Nursery  Orchard,  which  may  be  made  to  furnish  fruit 
and  trees  for  a  considerable  number  of  years.  To  fully 
comprehend  this  we  must  suppose  a  rood  of  ground 
planted  as  I  have  described.  In  the  course  of  eight 
or  ten  years  half  of  these  may  be  removed  to  a  fresh 
plantation,  in  which  they  may  be  planted  six  feet 
apart.     With  proper  summer  pruning  they  will  last  for 


86        THE  MINIATURE  FRUIT  GARDEN 

many  years.  The  great  advantages  reaped  by  the 
planter  is  the  constant  productiveness  of  his  trees ;  from 
the  second  year  after  planting  they  will  be  always  '  pay- 
ing their  way.' 

The  unprejudiced  fruit  cultivator  will  quickly  find 
out  the  great  advantage  of  this  mode  of  apple  and  pear 
cultivation,  and  those  who  wish  to  cultivate  apples  and 
pears  for  market  purposes  may,  with  a  sound  prospect  of 
success,  if  the  soil  and  climate  are  favourable,  plant 
apples  on  the  English  Paradise  stock,  and  pears  on  the 
quince  stock,  either  as  pyramids  or  bushes,  four  and  sis 
feet  apart,  row  from  row,  the  former  distance  for  dwarf 
prolific  sorts,  the  latter  for  robust  growers.  This  dis- 
tance will  admit  of  crops  of  black  or  red  currants  and 
gooseberries  in  the  centre  between  each  row  for  several 
years,  until  the  orchard  trees — which  must  be  under 
summer  pruning — cover  the  ground. 

In  the  usual  old-fashioned  mode,  Standard  apple 
trees  are  planted  in  orchards  at  20  feet  apart,  or  108 
trees  to  the  acre ;  if  the  soil  be  good  and  the  trees 
properly  planted,  and  the  planter  a  healthy  middle-aged 
man,  he  may  hope,  at  the  end  of  his  threescore  and  ten, 
to  see  his  trees  commence  to  bear,  and  may  die  with  the 
reflection  that  he  has  left  a  valuable  orchard  as  a  legacy 
to  his  children,  but  has  not  had  much  enjoyment  of  it 
during  his  life. 

Plantations  made  at  four  feet  apart  may  in  the  course 
of  a  few  years  be  brought  to  a  permanent  distance  for 
pyramidal    trees,  that  of  twelve  feet  apart;    the  tries 


APPLES  AND  PEARS  AS  LATERAL  CORDONS   87 

originally  planted  being  removed  to  another  plantation. 
They  may  be  safely  moved  at  two  or  even  three  years 
after  planting,  the  removal  being  performed  as  early  in 
October  as  practicable. 


APPLES  AND  PEAES  AS  SINGLE  AND 
DOUBLE  LATERAL  CORDONS 

A  tree  grafted  on  the  Paradise  or  Doucin  stock,  with  a 
single  shoot,  is  planted  in  a  sloping  position,  and  the 
shoot  trained  along  a  wire,  about  ten  or  twelve  inches 
from  the  surface.     (Fig  16.) 

To   carry  out   this  method   of  training,  oak  posts, 
about  three  inches  in  diameter  and  two  feet  in  length, 


Fig. 16 

should  be  sharpened  at  one  end  and  driven  into  the 
ground,  so  that  they  stand  one  foot  above  the  surface ; 
they  may  be  from  thirty  to  forty  yards  distant  from  each 
other. 

From  these  a  piece  of  galvanised  or  common  iron 
wire — if  the  latter,  it  should  be  painted — about  the 
thickness   of  whipcord,   should   be    strained   and  sup- 


88  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT  GARDEN 

ported  nine  inches  from  the  ground,  at  intervals  of  six 
feet,  by  iron  pins  eighteen  inches  long,  the  size  of  a 
small  curtain  rod,  or  smaller,  flattened  at  top,  and 
pierced  with  a  hole  to  allow  the  wire  to  pass  through ; 
these  should  be  stuck  into  the  ground,  so  as  to  stand  on 
a  level  with  the  straining  posts.  The  trees  should  be 
planted  six  feet  apart,  and  when  the  top  of  one  tree 
reaches  to  another  the  young  shoot  may  be  grafted  on 
to  the  base  of  the  next,  so  as  to  form  a  continuous 
cordon.  This  is  best  done  by  merely  taking  off  a  slip 
of  bark,  two  inches  long,  from  the  under  part  of  the 
young  shoot,  and  a  corresponding  piece  of  bark  from 
the  upper  part  of  the  stem  of  the  tree  to  which  it  is  to 
be  united,  so  that  they  fit  tolerably  well.  They  should 
then  be  firmly  bound  with  bast,  and  a  bunch  of  moss 
— a  handful — as  firmly  bound  over  the  union ;  the 
binding  as  well  as  the  moss  may  remain  on  till  the 
autumn.  The  trees  do  not  grow  so  rapidly  as  common 
grafts,  so  that  the  ligatures  will  not  cut  into  the  bark. 

The  terminals  of  every  side  shoot  of  these  cordons 
should  be  pinched  when  five  leaves  have  been  made.  It 
will  of  course  occur  to  the  reader  that  the  spurs  would 
soon  make  the  tree  a  thick  and  clumsy  cordon ;  to  pre- 
vent this,  every  shoot  should  be  reduced  in  winter 
to  three  eyes.  The  fruit,  from  being  near  the  earth, 
and  thus  profiting  largely  by  radiation,  will  be  very 
fine. 

As  these  low  cordons  are  very  apt  to  be  injured  in 
winter  by  severe  frost,  if  snow  is  suffered  to  lie  under 


APPLES  AND  PEARS  AS  LATEEAL  CORDONS   89 

them,  which  by  resisting  radiation  gives  great  intensity 
to  frost  just  above  its  surface,  it  is  necessary  either  to 
carefully  remove  the    snow,   to   bank   it   up  so  as  to 


4t 


completely  cover  the  cordons,  or  to  thatch  them  with  a 
covering  of  evergreen  branches,  such  as  furze,  or  of  firs ; 
fern  would  also  be  a  safe  protection — better  than  all  are 
wooden  ridges  made  of  f  -inch  boards,  so  as  to  cover  two 


92  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

or  three  rows  of  trees.  For  pear  trees  there  should  be 
boards  on  one  side  and  glass  on  the  other  ;  they  would 
then  do  to  protect  the  blossom  in  spring,  and  bring  on 
the  fruit  if  placed  on  bricks  as  directed  for  ground 
vineries. 

The  double  or    two-branched  lateral  cordon    (see 
fig.  17),  which  is  a  great  improvement  on  the  French 
single  cordon,   requires   the   same  train- 
ing, pinching-in,  and  management.    This 
improved  lateral  cordon  does  not  require 
a  wire  to  support  its  branches ;  a  kind  of 
hook,  something  after  a  shepherd's  crook, 
may  be  used  with  advantage,  thus  : — the 
branch  is  introduced  at  a  and  is  supported  by  the  crook ; 
the  point  in  the  ground  must  be  barbed. 

The  quadruple  lateral  cordon  is  a  tree  well  adapted 
for  the  edging  of  the  borders  of  the  kitchen  garden ; 
it  is  merely  the  double  cordon  repeated,  and  we  must 
suppose  the  two  branches  of  the  double  cordon  to  be 
trained  nine  inches  from  the  surface  of  the  ground,  and 
above  them,  at  about  nine  inches  distance,  two  other 
branches  in  the  same  direction  ;  this  will  give  the  quad- 
ruple cordon  (fig.  18),  or  low  espalier  edging  trees, 
occupying  no  more  space  than  the  single  cordon,  and 
giving  double  its  produce.  The  stem  of  the  short  crook 
for  single  or  double  cordons  should  be  20  inches  long  ; 
that  of  the  longer  one,  for  quadruple  cordons,  should  be 
28  inches  long. 

The   great    change   in    fruit    culture   that  may  be 


APPLES   AND   PEARS   AS   LATERAL   CORDONS        93 

brought  about  by  training  these  double  lateral  cordons 
under  glass  ridges  is  obvious  enough.  The  figure  (19) 
will  give  some  faint  idea  of  the  advantages  of  this  new 
system  of  culture — they  are  endless  ;  for  not  only  can 
peaches,  nectarines,  apricots,  plums,  apples,  and  pears  be 
rescued  from  spring  frosts,  but  their  fruit  be  ripened  in 
great  perfection.  There  is  no  doubt  but  that  in  some  of 
our  cold  and  cloudy  places  in  the  north  of  England  and 
Scotland,  where  even  the  Eibston  Pippin  will  not 
ripen,  it  may  be  brought  to  perfection  under  the  glass 
fruit  ridge. 

The  figure  (19)  gives  but  one  tree  trained  to  one 
wire ;  two  rows  of  wire  may,  however,  be  trained  under 
one  glass  ridge,  which  should  be  three  feet  six  inches 
wide  at  base,  and  the  wires  ten  inches  asunder.  It  is 
quite  possible  that  this  method  of  training  to  galvanised 
wires  may,  in  some  situations,  be  better  adapted  to  vine 
culture  than  allowing  the  vines  to  rest  on  slates  or 
tiles. 

I  now,  by  permission,  copy  the  description  of  my 
new  glass  fruit  ridge  from  my  article  in  the  '  Gardener's 
Chronicle'  for  April  8,  1865,  from  which  I  have  also 
derived  the  plate  kindly  lent  to  me : — 

1  There  are  no  cross  bars,  but  merely  a  frame  three 
feet  wide  at  the  base.  On  the  top  bar  a  is  a  groove 
half  an  inch  deep ;  in  the  bottom  bar  b  is  a  groove 
a  quarter  of  an  inch  deep  ; !  in  the  bars  c  and  d  are 

1  An  improvement  on  this  is  to  have  a  rebate  at  bottom  instead 
of  a  groove ;  the  glass  is  more  easily  fitted  in. 


94  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

grooves  half  an  inch  deep.  The  pieces  of  glass,  which 
should  be  cut  so  as  to  fit,  are  pushed  into  the  upper 
groove,  and  let  fall  into  the  lower  one ;  when  all  are 
fitted  in,  the  two  end  pieces  are  pushed  inwards,  so  as 
to  drive  all  of  them  into  close  contact.  A  little  putty- 
is  required  at  the  bottom  to  prevent  water  lodging,  and 
some  at  each  end  to  keep  the  pieces  from  moving 
laterally,  e,  e,  are  the  straining  posts  of  oak,  four 
inches  square ;  /,  the  upright  pieces  of  wire  stuck  in  the 
ground,  flattened  and  perforated  at  top  to  pass  the  wire 
through  and  support  it ;  </,  the  wire.' 

Such,  then,  is  the  description  of  the  barless  glass 
fruit  ridge,  which  I  think  calculated  to  have  a  greater 
effect  on  domestic  gardening,  and  contribute  more  to 
the  refinement  and  comfort  of  a  very  large  class  of 
people  than  all  the  crystal  palaces  ever  invented. 

For  ventilation  and  other  particulars  I  refer  my 
readers  to  the  description  of  the  ground  vinery,  p.  151 ; 
and  for  the  method  of  placing  the  wires,  to  p.  93. 

I  must  caution  those  who  wish  to  grow  fruit  under 
glass  fruit  ridges,  in  small  confined  gardens,  to  be 
careful  as  to  ventilation.  A  single  row  of  bricks,  with 
apertures  of  four  inches,  will  not  be  enough;  there 
should  be  two  rows  of  bricks,  one  over  the  other,  and 
consequently  two  rows  of  apertures.  Peach,  nectarine, 
and  apricot  trees  should  be  planted  twenty-one  feet 
apart;  but  they  grow  rapidly,  and  would  probably 
require  occasional  removing. 

It  will  thus  be  seen  that  to  commence  glass  fruit 


APPLES  AND  PEAKS  AS  LATERAL  CORDONS   95 

ridge  culture,  three  seven-foot  lengths  should  be  pre- 
pared, and  in  the  centre  of  the  twenty-one  feet  occupied 
by  the  ridge,  two  peach  or  nectarine  trees  may  be 
planted.  They  will  soon  form  lateral  cordons  of  great 
fertility,  will  require  pinching  in  June  and  little  atten- 
tion afterwards.  I  must  not  omit  to  state  the  great 
advantage  this  mode  of  fruit  culture  gives  as  to  protec- 
tion from  spring  frosts  when  the  trees  are  in  bloom,  or 
when  the  fruit  is  young.  Espaliers,  pyramids,  and  wall 
trees  are  difficult  to  protect,  but  mats  two  or  three  thick 
can  be  piled  on  the  ridge  with  great  facility,  and  loose 
straw  or  hay,  the  best  protectors  possible  from  frost, 
can  be  strewed  over  them  thickly. 

I  have  had  the  pleasure  of  seeing  all  my  anticipa- 
tions fully  realised ;  the  cordon  pear-trees  have  produced 
fruit,  large,  and  with  the  fine  clear  rinds  we  see  on 
those  grown  in  the  warm  parts  of  France — perfectly 
beautiful  and  of  fine  flavour.  The  cordon  peach-trees 
have  produced  fruit,  large,  and  of  the  finest  flavour. 
Strawberries  planted  between  the  trees  temporarily  until 
they  fully  occupy  the  room  under  the  ridge,  have 
ripened  a  fortnight  earlier  than  those  in  the  open  air 
and  have  been  of  excellent  quality.  I  have  therefore 
no  hesitation  in  recommending  this  mode  of  fruit 
culture  to  all  amateurs  who  have  gardens  without  walls 
or  orchard  houses. 


96  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 


SHELTER  TRENCHES 

The  following  is  a  very  simple  and  inexpensive  manner 
of  providing  shelter  for  the  cultivation  of  cordon  trees : 
Open  a  trench  as  for  celery  about  three  feet  wide  and 
two  deep  ;  bank  the  soil  on  both  sides  of  the  trench ; 
after  settling  the  banks  will  be  about  one  foot  high,  the 
trench  with  the  banks  therefore  from  the  base  to  the 
top  will  be  about  three  feet :  in  this  trench  plant  the 
double  horizontal  cordons.  The  parallel  banks  will  form 
the  support  of  the  protection  against  spring  frosts,  con- 
sisting either  of  straw  hurdles  or  stakes  laid  across  and 
covered  with  mats  or  any  material  stout  enough  to  resist 
frost,  as  cheap  and  simple  protection  is  thus  provided, 
and  the  shelter  of  the  trench  will  give  a  climate  in  which 
fruit  may  be  grown  equal  to  that  from  walls.  Drainage 
will  be  necessary  to  take  off  the  water  after  excessive 
rain ;  but  this  can  never  be  a  serious  evil,  and  if  the 
trenches  can  be  made  on  an  incline,  the  water  will  run 
off  quickly.  If  the  sides  are  lined  with  slates  the  heat 
will  be  increased,  but  this  extra  expense  is  hardly 
necessary,  as  the  heat  will  be  sufficient  without.  I  need 
scarcely  point  out  that  all  sorts  of  fruit  requiring  shelter 
can  be  grown  in  these  trenches. 


97 


VERTICAL  CORDON  APPLE  TREES 


In  pages  47  and  48  will  be  found  the  method  of  train- 
ing vertical  cordon  pear  trees.  This  may  be  applied  to 
apples  on  the  English  Paradise  stock  with  great  success, 
and  very  charming  fruitful  trees  they  make.  They 
should  not  be  allowed  to  grow  above  eight  feet  in 
height,  to  which  they  will  reach  in  the  course  of  four  or 
five  years.  I  annex  a  figure  of  one  of  these  trees,  three 
years  old,  and  full  of  fruit  (fig.  20). 

I  have,  at  this  period  (1885),  a  plantation  of  vertical 
cordon  apple  trees  which  have  now  been  planted  several 
years ;  the  trees  are  six  feet  apart 
row  from  row,  and  three  feet  in 
the  rows ;  when  in  full  fruit  they 
are  very  interesting.  I  do  not  fol- 
low the  close  summer  pinching 
recommended  by  Dubreuil  and 
others ;  in  fact,  I  abstain  entirely 
from  summer  pruning,  and  I  be- 
lieve with  good  results,  as  the  fruit 
is  always  large  and  finely  coloured ; 
in  October  every  tree  is  closely 
pruned — that   is,  all   the  summer  -|l_-.v . 

shoots  are  cut  back  to  three  eyes,    '^^^ji^^y?''7^'/- 
On    this   plot,  about  sixty  square  FlG  2o 

poles,   I   have    672  apple  trees  of 
430  sorts  planted  for  specimens.     As  the  apple  crop  is 


98  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

sometimes  injured  by  spring  frosts,  I  have  an  equal 
number  of  gooseberries  trained  as  pyramids  between 
every  row  of  apple  trees ;  these  produce  large  crops  of 
fruit  every  year,  thus  providing  for  a  possible  failure  of 
the  apple  crop.  This  plantation  thus  contains  1,344 
trees ;  the  outlay  upon  it  consists  of  a  shallow  digging 
in  November  and  16  tons  of  manure,  with  two  hoeings 
during  the  summer.  For  the  last  four  years  I  have  had 
continual  crops.  An  amateur  will  hardly  require  so  large 
a  plantation,  but  he  may  with  perfect  confidence  alter- 
nate the  apples  or  pears  with  gooseberries  and  currants. 


APPLES   AS   WALL   TREES 

We  have  been  so  accustomed  to  think  of,  and  treat  the 
apple  tree  as  hardy,  and  perfectly  adapted  to  our  insular 
climate,  that  the  culture  of  superior  varieties  as  wall 
trees  has  been  neglected,  except  in  the  extreme  north  of 
our  island,  where  the  climate  is  not  very  favourable 
even  to  the  culture  of  the  Ribston  Pippin  as  an  orchard 
tree. 

The  varieties  most  worthy  of  cultivation  against 
walls  in  England,  even  in  our  most  favoured  counties 
with  regard  to  climate,  are  mostly  of  American  origin, 
the  continental  varieties,  with  but  very  few  exceptions, 
not  being  remarkable  for  goodness  of  quality. 

The  best  methods  of  cultivation  are  — 


APPLES   AS   WALL  TEEES  99 

1.  To   have   the  trees  trained  as  espaliers  to  low 
walls  as  directed  for  pear  trees,  the  trees  to  be  under 
summer  pinching  as  given  at  p.  8.      2.  To  plant  five- 
branched  upright  cordons  in  the  spaces  so  often  found 
between  wall  trees  in  old  gardens.     3.  To  plant  single 
vertical  cordons  against  walls  between  established  wall 
trees.     Single  vertical  cordon  apple  trees,  grafted  on 
the  English  Paradise  stock,  and  planted  against  walls 
10  or  12  feet  high,  the  trees  well  managed  by  sum- 
mer and  winter   pruning,  become    amazingly    prolific, 
and  bear  the  finest  of  fruit.     4.  To  train  at  the  foot 
of  a  wall  the  single  lateral  cordons  (fig.   16),  or  the 
double  lateral  cordons  (fig.   17);  if  the  space  next  the 
wall  and  under  the  trees  be  paved  with  tiles  or  slates, 
the  size  and  quality  of  the  fruit  will  be  improved.     I 
ought  here  to  mention  that   double  or  two-branched 
lateral  cordon  trees  are  to  be  preferred ;  they  may  be 
grown  at  the  foot  of  walls,  but  not  more  than  9  inches 
from  them ;  the  tile-paving  is  quite  necessary,  as  is  also 
protection  in  spring  from  frosts.     This  is  most  effectually 
done  by  lean-to  barless  lights  in  place  of  the  glass  span 
ridge  (fig.  19)  divided  into  two;  these  most  convenient 
lean-to  lights  should  be  2  feet  4  inches  wide,  including 
the  top  and  bottom  bars,  and  7  feet  long ;  two  hooks 
should  be  fixed  to  the  top  bar,  and  two  eyes  in  the  wall, 
so  that  the  lights  are  made  safe  from  the  effects  of  the 
wind.     The  lower  bar  should  rest  on  bricks  (they  should 
be  two  deep),  as  with  ground  vineries.     These  lean-to 
lights  will  be  found  a  most  useful  invention ;  they  form 

H  2 


100  THE  MINIATURE   FRUIT    GARDEN 

so  fine  a  climate  against  brick  walls,  that  I  see  no 
reason  why  low  4-inch  brick  walls  should  not  be  built 
by  market-gardeners,  and  lean-to  lights  of  increased 
size  employed  for  early  crops ;  the  climate  they  give  is 
perfect,  so  efficient  is  the  low  admission  of  cool  air  in 
between  the  bricks,  and  the  exit  of  the  heated  air  at 
the  top  between  the  upper  bar  and  the  wall,  an  interstice 
of  about  two  inches. 

The  vaiieties  of  apples  most  worthy  of  wall  culture 
are  the  Newtown  Pippin,  Cox's  Orange,  Ribston  Pippin, 
Washington,  Melon,  Northern  Spy,  King  of  Tompkins 
County,  and  the  New  Zealand  apple,  Prince  Bismarck. 

The  French  apple,  Calville  Blanche,  is  also  of  high 
excellence,  cultivated  as  a  wall  or  orchard-house  tree ; 
and  in  cool  climates,  our  fine  English  apples,  the  Cox's 
Orange  and  Eibston  Pippin,  are  quite  worthy  of  a 
place  against  a  wall  with  a  southern  aspect,  and  espe- 
cially Cox's  Orange  Pippin. 

I  have  transplanted  trees  of  Cox's  Orange  Pippin 
grafted  on  the  Nonesuch  Paradise  twelve  years  old 
which  had  never  been  removed  or  root-pruned ;  these 
trees  survived  the  removal  and  are  now  again  in  full 
fruit  bearing. 

PYRAMIDAL  APPLES  ON  THE  CRAB 
STOCK 

In  soils  light  and  poor,  the  apple  on  the  Paradise  stock 
is,   unless    carefully    manured    on    the    surface,  apt  to 


PYEAMIDAL  APPLES   ON   THE   CEAB   STOCK      101 

become  stunted  and  unhealthy.  In  such  soils,  and  also 
in  those  of  a  very  tenacious  nature,  pyramids  on  the 
crab  stock  may  be  planted  with  great  advantage.  They 
are  also  well  adapted  for  large  gardens  where  large 
quantities  are  required,  as  the  trees  may  be  made  to 
form  handsome  pyramids,  from  twelve  to  fifteen  feet  in 
height. 

Carefully  watch  the  trees,  for  there  is  one  thing 
most  essential  to  their  full  success  as  pyramids — they 
must  either  be  lifted  or  taken  up  biennially  early  in 
November,  and  replanted  in  the  manner  recommended 
for  bush  pear  trees,  or  root-pruned  biennially,  ope- 
rating upon  the  trees  alternately.  Or  the  following 
system  may  be  adopted  :  neither  remove  nor  root-prune 
any  tree  that  continues  to  grow  with  moderation,  does 
not  canker,  and  bears  well ;  but  any  tree  that  makes 
shoots  from  eighteen  inches  to  three  feet  in  length, 
remove  once  in  two,  three,  or  four  years  till  its  vigorous 
habit  is  reduced. 

As  these  crab  stock  trees  grow  freely,  summer 
pinching  or  shortening  the  young  shoots  with  a  pen- 
knife, as  recommended  in  page  81,  must  be  attended  to; 
and  then,  in  the  most  unfavourable  apple-tree  soils, 
healthy  and  most  prolific  pyramids  may  be  formed. 
Any  of  the  varieties  recommended  in  pages  81  and  82 
will  succeed  well  as  pyramids  on  the  crab  stock. 

If  managed  as  I  have  directed,  fine  trees  may  be 
formed  not  only  of  the  robust-growing  kinds,  but  even 
of  the  old  Nonpareil,  Golden  Pippin,  Golden  Reinette, 


102  THE   MENIATUEE   FEUIT   GAEDEN 

Hawthornden,  Ribston  Pippin,  and  several  others,  all 
more  or  less  inclined  to  canker.  I  have  a  row  of  Non- 
pareils and  Ribston  Pippins  planted  in  the  coldest  and 
most  unfavourable  soil  I  could  find  ;  yet,  owing  to  their 
being  biennially  removed,  they  are  entirely  free  from 
canker. 

The  vigorous  growth  of  Standard  apples,  when 
planted  in  orchards  in  the  usual  way,  is  well  known, 
and  also  their  tendency  to  canker  after  a  few  years  ot 
luxuriant  growth.  Pyramids  on  the  crab  without  occa- 
sional removal  or  root-pruning  would,  in  like  manner, 
grow  most  freely ;  and,  even  if  subjected  to  summer 
pinching,  would  soon  become  a  mass  of  entangled, 
barren,  cankered  shoots. 


PYRAMIDAL   PLUM   TREES 

The  plum,  if  planted  in  a  rich  garden  soil,  rapidly 
forms  a  pyramid  of  large  growth — it,  in  fact,  can 
scarcely  be  managed  by  summer  pinching.  It  becomes 
crowded  with  young  shoots  and  leaves,  and  the  shorten- 
ing of  its  strong  horizontal  branches  at  the  end  of 
summer  is  apt  to  bring  on  the  gum  ;  it  is  a  tree,  how- 
ever, with  most  manageable  roots,  for  they  are  always 
near  the  surface.  I  must,  therefore,  again  recommend 
summer  pinching  at  the  terminal  bud,  as  directed  for 
pears,  p.  8,  annual  or  biennial  root-pruning,  and  sur- 
face dressing,  in  preference  to  any  other  mode  of  cul- 
ture.    The  root-pruning  of  the  plum  is  performed  as 


PYRAMIDAL   PLUM  TREES  103 

follows : — Open  a  circular  trench  eighteen  inches  deep 
round  the  tree,  eighteen  inches  from  its  stem,  and  cut 
off  every  root  and  fibre  with  a  sharp  knife.  When  the 
roots  are  so  pruned,  introduce  a  spade  under  one  side  of 
the  tree,  and  heave  it  over,  so  as  not  to  leave  a  single 
tap-root;  fill  in  your  mould,  give  a  top  dressing  of 
manure,  and  it  is  finished.  The  diameter  of  your  cir- 
cular trench  must  be  slowly  increased  as  years  roll  on ; 
for  you  must,  each  year,  prune  to  within  one  and  a  half 
or  two  inches  of  the  stumps  of  the  former  year.  Your 
circular  mass  of  fibrous  roots  will  thus  slowly  increase, 
your  tree  will  make  short  and  well-ripened  shoots,  and 
bear  abundantly.  From  very  recent  experience,  I  have 
found  that  removing  trees  annually,  if  the  soil  be  rich 
— biennially,  and  adding  some  rich  compost,  if  it  be 
poor — without  root-pruning  ^  will  keep  plum  trees  in  a 
healthy  and  fertile  state.  For  further  particulars  on 
this  head,  see  pages  16  and  56. 

Pyramidal  plum  trees  are  most  beautiful  trees  both 
when  in  flower  and  fruit.  Their  rich  purple  or  golden 
crop  has  an  admirable  effect  on  a  well-managed  pyramid. 
No  stock  has  yet  been  found  to  cramp  the  energies  of 
the  plum  tree.  Experiments  on  the  sloe  have  been  tried 
here,  and  prove  that  this  stock  does  dwarf  the  tree  to  a 
certain  extent.  My  tree  on  the  sloe  is  some  years  old, 
and  is  dwarf  and  prolific.  The  first  year  after  grafting 
vigorous  growth  was  made ;  but  this  is  a  very  common 
occurrence  with  stock  that  ultimately  make  very  prolific 
trees ;  it  is  so  with  the  pear  on  the  quince,  the  apple  on 
the  Paradise,  and  the  cherry  on  the  Mahaleb.    The  green- 


104 


THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 


gage  seems  to  grow  more  freely  on  the  sloe  than  any- 
other  sort.  I  have  a  fine  vigorous  bush,  now  about  fifteen 
years  old,  growing  in  the  white  marly  clay,  with  chalk- 
stones,  peculiar  to  some  part  of  Essex  and  Hertford- 
shire. The  sloe  seems  to  delight  in  this  soil  so  inimical 
to  most  kinds  of  fruit  trees.  My  greengage  plum  is 
almost  vigorous  in  its  growth  ;  and  what  appears  strange 
is,  that  the  stock  seems  to  keep  pace  with  the  graft 
—  there  is  scarcely  any  swelling  at  the  junction.  The 
root  of  the  tree  has  not  been  touched,  and  it  appears  to 
have  gone  deeply  into  the  solid  white  clay.  The  plum 
on  the  sloe  is  easily  arrested  in  its  growth  by  root- 
pruning.  The  following  sorts  are  well  adapted  for 
pyramids  and  walls  with  west,  north-west,  or  south-east 
aspects. 

HARDY    DESSERT    PLUMS    ADAPTED    FOR    PYRAMIDS 

In  season  from  July  to  the  end  of  October.     Placed  in  the 
order  of  their  ripening. 


Early  Favourite 

Early  Transparent  Gage 

De  Montfort 

Oullins'  Golden  Gage 

Denniston's  Superb 

Greengage 

Jefferson 

Kirk's 

McLaughlin's 

Transparent  Gage 


Purple  Gage 
Guthrie's  Late  Green 
Bryanstone  Gage 
Eeine  Claude  de  Bavay 
Heine    Claude    de    Comte 

Hatthems 
Monarch 

Late  Transparent 
Coe's  Golden  Drop 
Grand  Duke 


PYEAMIDAL   PLUM  TEEES 


105 


HARDY    KITCHEN   PLUMS    ADAPTED    FOR   PYRAMIDS 
In  season  from  July  to  the  end  of  October.     Placed  in  the 


order  of  their  ripening 


Early  Prolific 

Curlew 

The  Czar 

Bittern 

Early  Orleans 

Mallard 

Sultan 

Heron 

Prince  Engelbert 


Victoria 

Belle  de  Louvain 

Gisborne's 

Diamond 

Cox's  Emperor 

Autumn  Compote 

Pond's  Seedling 

Late  Black  Orleans 

Archduke 


PLUM   TREES  AS   BUSHES 

The  roots  of  no  fruit  tree  are  so  easily  kept  within 
bounds  as  the  plum.  In  rich  soils  they  bear  annual 
removal  with  but  a  slight  check ;  but  in  most  soils 
biennial  removal  will  keep  them  in  a  perfectly  fruitful 
state  under  bush  culture.  This  is  absolutely  necessary ; 
and  if  the  soil  be  poor,  some  thoroughly  rotted  manure 
(about  half  a  bushel  to  each  tree)  may  be  mixed  with 
the  soil  in  replanting.  As  with  pear  trees,  the  best 
season  for  lifting  or  removing  them  is  the  end  of  October 
or  beginning  of  November.  Plum  bushes  have  the 
advantage  of  being  easily  protected  by  a  square  of  light, 
cheap  calico,  tiffany,  or  any  light  material  thrown  over 


106  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

them  while  in  blossom,  and  a  crop  of  fruit  thus  insured. 
All  the  varieties  recommended  for  pyramids  may  be  cul- 
tivated as  bushes,  and  for  suburban  gardens  they  should 
be  subjected  to  exactly  the  same  treatment  as  recom- 
mended for  apple  bushes,  page  81.1 


PLUM   TEEES   AS   CORDONS 

The  plum  forms  a  most  prolific  lateral  double  cordon 
and  gives  very  fine  fruit,  when  pruned  and  trained  after 
the  fashion  of  pear  trees.  Owing,  however,  to  the  fruit 
often  receiving  injury  from  heavy  rains,  it  is  almost  in- 
dispensable to  have  a  space  under  each  tree  paved  with 
tiles,  and  it  is  a  work  of  necessity  to  protect  the  trees 
from  spring  frosts,  for  they  (the  trees)  come  into  blossom 
so  early,  owing  to  their  receiving  the  reflected  heat  fi'om 
the  soil  in  early  spring,  that  seldom  or  never  does  the 
young  fruit  survive  the  month  of  April.  One  of  the 
best  modes  of  protection  is  that  of  the  ridges  of  glass 
described  on  page  93,  for  if  placed  on  bricks  they  may 
remain  over  the  trees  till  the  commencement  of  the  first 
week  in  June — here  a  period  of  rejoicing,  for  not  till 
then  are  we  safe  from  the  fruitgrower  s  scourge — a 
severe  spring  frost.     There  is  a  method  of  cultivating  a 

1  The  plum  is  apt  to  produce  very  strong  succulent  shoots  at 
irregular  intervals  ;  this  growth  should  be  stopped  as  soon  as  per- 
ceived by  very  close  pinching. 


PLUM  TKEES   AS   CORDONS  107 

few  kinds  of  plums  as  vertical  cordons  practised  here 
which  is  likely  to  be  popular ;  it  is  simply  selecting  the 
proper  sorts,  and  then  planting  them  in  ground  not  too 
rich — say  a  calcareous  sandy  loam,  and  then  pinching, 
in  June,  all  the  young  shoots,  and  trusting  to  this  to 
retain  the  growth  of  the  trees,  without  either  root- 
pruning  or  removal. 

The  varieties  adapted  to  this  mode  of  culture  are 
as  yet  but  few — viz.,  The  Czar,  Oullins'  Golden  Gage, 
Early  Prolific,  Victoria,  Sultan,  Cluster  Damson,  and 
Monarch.  Of  the  latter  kind  upwards  of  1,000  trees 
are  planted  here  for  fruit  bearers ;  they  are  now  fruitful 
and  profitable  trees.  In  the  course  of  time  there  will 
doubtless  be  many  kinds  of  plums  adapted  to  this  mode 
of  culture,  for  here  we  have  many  seedling  plums  all 
raised  from  choice  varieties,  and  likely  to  give  kinds  as 
well  adapted  to  our  climate  as  is  the  Early  Rivers  or 
Early  Prolific,  the  hardiest  plum  known,  but  yet  only 
the  first  removed  by  seed  from  one  of  the  most  tender 
French  varieties,  Precoce  de  Tours  plum. 

Vertical  cordon  plums  should  be  planted  from  four 
to  five  feet  apart,  row  from  row,  and  the  same  distance 
tree  from  tree;  the  former  distance  will  allow  of  2,700 
trees  per  acre,  the  latter  1,700,  and  as  far  as  I  can  see 
many  years  will  elapse  before  they  will  require  thinning, 
and  they  will  bear  many  bushels  of  fruit  per  acre. 


108  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 


MARKET   GARDEN   PLUM   TREES 

Plums,  like  pears,  open  up  a  rich  field  to  tlie  amateur 
market  gardener,  for  it  is  found  that  they  are  so  easily 
made  into  articles  of  exportation,  by  jam  and  bottling, 
that  the  demand  is  limitless. 

The  same  method  of  culture  as  given  for  pyramidal 
pears  on  the  quince  stock  (p.  10)  is  at  once  the  most 
simple  and  beneficial. 

The  trees  may  be  planted  six  feet  apart,  row  from 
row,  and  six  feet  apart  in  the  rows ;  for  a  few  years  the 
centre  of  the  spaces  between  the  rows  may  be  cropped 
with  dwarf  bashes  of  currants  and  gooseberries.  I  grow 
strawberries,  but  onion  or  other  light  crops  of  vegetables 
may  be  grown.  As  soon  as  the  trees  have  made  suffi- 
cient growth  to  shade  the  ground,  which  may  be  in  five 
or  six  years,  more  or  less,  the  ground  should  have  a 
dressing  of  manure,  and  be  left  undug ;  the  hoe  only,  to 
kill  the  weeds,  should  be  employed.  The  following  kinds 
will  be  found  the  best  for  this  mode  of  culture : — 
Early  Prolific,  The  Czar,  Sultan,  Victoria,  Monarch, 
Pond's  Seedling,  Cluster  Damson,  Autumn  Compote, 
and  Grand  Duke.  The  second  sort  named  is  so  pyra- 
midal in  its  growth  that  it  will  last  many  years  without 
being  crowded. 

The  Autumn  Compote  and  Victoria,  two  very  hardy 
useful  plums,  may  be  planted  six  feet  apart  as  directed, 
but  their  stems  will  require  a  stake  to  each  to  support 


MAEKET   GAEDEN   ELUM   TEEES  109 

them  for  some  three  or  four  years,  or  till  they  become 
stout  enough  to  stand  without  support. 

Damsons  are  remarkably  fertile  and  do  not  require 
pruning ,  in  fact,  the  best  treatment  is  to  leave  them 
alone,  as  a  very  acute  boy  denned  the  proper  course  of 
doing  his  duty  to  his  neighbour.  The  best  sorts  for 
planting  are  the  Cluster  or  Crittenden  Damson,  the 
Prune  or  Shropshire,  and  the  Common;  the  white 
Damson  is  a  garden  tree  which  makes  a  delicious 
preserve  but  is  not  a  market  sort.  The  Bullace,  re- 
quiring the  same  treatment  as  the  Damson,  makes  a 
very  productive  pyramid. 


CHERRIES  AS  BUSHES  AND  PYRAMIDS 
ON  THE  MAHALEB  STOCK  (CERASUS 
MAHALEB) 

This  stock  has  long  been  known  in  our  shrubberies  as 
the  '  perfumed  cherry '  ;  its  wood  when  burned  emits 
a  most  agreeable  perfume.  In  France  it  is  called  '  Bois 
de  Ste.  Lucie,'  and  it  has  been  used  there  for  dwarf 
cherries  for  very  many  years.  My  attention  was  called 
to  it  in  France  some  twenty  or  more  years  ago,  since 
which  I  have  used  it  extensively,  annually  increasing 
my  culture.  Its  great  recommendation  is,  that  cherries 
grafted  on  it  will  nourish  in  soils  unfavourable  to  them 
on  the  common  cherry  stock,  such  as  strong  white  clay 


110  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

or  soils  with  a  chalky  subsoil.  Although  the  trees  grow 
most  vigorously  the  first  two  or  three  seasons,  yet,  after 
that  period,  and  especially  if  root-pruned,  they  form 
dwarf  prolific  bushes,  so  as  easily  to  be  covered  with  a 
net,  or,  what  is  better,  with  muslin  or  tiffany,  which 
will  protect  the  blossoms  from  frost  in  spring,  and  the 
fruit  more  effectually  from  birds  and  wasps  in  summer ; 
thus  giving  us  what  is  certainly  most  rare,  cherries 
fully  ripe,  aud  prolonging  their  season  till  September. 
These  dwarf  bushes  may  be  planted  from  five  to  six 
feet  apart,  and  their  branches  pruned  so  that  seven,  or 
nine,  or  more,  come  out  from  the  centre  of  the  plant, 
like  a  well-managed  gooseberry  bush.  These  branches 
will,  in  May  or  June,  put  forth,  as  in  the  horizontal 
shoots  of  pyramidal  pear,  several  shoots  at  their  ex- 
tremities, all  of  which  must  be  pinched  off  to  five  leaves, 
leaving  the  leading  shoots  untouched  to  the  middle  or 
end  of  September,  when  they  must  be  shortened,  and 
the  pruning  for  the  year  is  finished. 

The  Morello  and  Duke  cherries — the  most  eligible 
for  this  bush  culture — may  have  their  leading  shoots 
shortened  to  eight  leaves.  If,  however,  the  space  be 
confined  in  which  they  are  planted,  this  length  may 
be  reduced,  for  by  biennial  root-pruning,  the  trees  may 
be  kept  exceedingly  dwarf.  The  aim  is  to  form  the 
tree  into  a  round  bush,  not  too  much  crowded  with 
shoots.     Towards  the  end  of  September,1  or,  in  fact,  as 

1  This  early  autumnal  root-pruning-  will  be  found  very  advan- 
tageous, the  now  of  sap  is  checked,  so  that  the  shoots  are  well 


CHEKEIES  AS  BUSHES  AND  PYRAMIDS     111 

soon  as  the  autumnal  rains  have  sufficiently  penetrated 
the  soil,  a  trench  may  be  dug  round  the  tree,  exactly 
the  same  as  recommended  for  root-pruning  of  pears,  the 
spade  introduced  under  the  tree  to  cut  all  perpendicular 
roots,  and  all  the  spreading  roots  shortened  with  the 
knife,  and  brought  near  to  the  surface,  previously 
filling  in  the  trench  with  some  light  friable  soil  for 
them  to  rest  on,  and  spreading  them  regularly  round 
the  tree,  as  near  to  the  surface  as  possible  ;  then  cover- 
ing them  with  the  soil  that  was  taken  out  of  the 
trench.  No  dung  or  manure  of  any  kind  is  required, 
as  this  stock  seems  to  flourish  in  the  poorest  soils. 
Some  short  litter  or  half-decayed  leaves  will,  however, 
be  of  much  benefit  placed  on  the  surface  round  the 
stem. 

I  have  thus  far  given  their  culture  for  small  gar- 
dens ;  but  those  who  have  more  space  may  dispense 
with  the  root-pruning,  and  allow  their  cherry  trees  to 
make  large  bushes,  which  may  be  planted  eight  feet 
apart  and  pinched  regularly  in  the  summer,  and 
managed  as  directed  for  pear  trees  (p.  10).  The 
leading  shoot  from  each  branch  in  such  cases  must 
be  left  longer,  and  shortened  to  twelve  or  more 
buds. 

The  most  charming  of  all  pyramids  are  the  varieties 
of  the  Duke  and  Morello  cherries  on  the  Mahaleb ; 
these  by  summer  pinching,  as  practised  for  pyramidal 

ripened,  and  the  roots  soon  emit  fresh  fibres  to  feed  the  tree  the 
following  season. 


112  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

pears,  become  in  two  or  three  years  the  most  delight- 
ful fruit  trees  ever  seen,  for  in  spring  they  are  perfect 
nosegays  of  flowers,  and  in  summer  clusters  of  fruit 
— if  spared  by  spring  frosts. 

The  common  Morello  cherry  on  the  Mahaleb  stock, 
cultivated  as  a  pyramid,  forms  one  of  the  most  prolific 
of  trees;  but  as  birds  carry  off  the  fruit  when  only 
half  ripe,  each  pyramid  should  have  a  net  placed  over 
it,  and  tied  round  the  stem  of  the  tree  at  bottom. 
Any  garden,  however  small,  may  grow  enough  of  this 
useful  sort  by  planting  a  few  pyramids,  lifting  and 
replanting,  or  root-pruning  them  biennially,  and  pinch- 
ing in  every  shoot  to  five  leaves  (as  soon  as  it  has 
made  seven)  in  June.  The  Kentish  cherry,  also  a 
most  useful  culinary  sort,  may  be  cultivated  as  a 
pyramid  with  great  success.  A  French  variety  grown 
near  Paris  in  large  quantities,  and  known  as  the 
'  Cerise  Aigre  Hative,'  which  may  be  Englished  by 
calling  it  the  Early  Sour  Cherry,  is  a  useful  kind  for 
the  kitchen.  By  the  side  of  the  '  Rive  Droite  '  Railway, 
between  Suresnes  and  Puteaux,  on  the  left,  there  are 
large  plots  of  dwarf  trees,  about  the  size  of  large  goose- 
berry bushes,  and  some  very  low  trees,  all  covered  (as 
they  appear  from  the  railway  carriage)  with  bright  red 
flowers.  These  are  cherry  bushes — literally  masses  of 
fruit,  of  the  above  variety.  I  find,  however,  that  it  is 
not  equal  to  the  Kentish  in  flavour  or  size  in  England. 

I    need   scarcely  add    that    the    culture  of  all  the 
Duke  tribe  of  cherries   by  summer-pruned    pyramids, 


A  PYRAMIDAL  MORELLO  CHEERY  TREE    113 


From  a  photograph,  August  1862 

Fig.  21 


114  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

biennially  removed,  is  most  satisfactory  ;  it  is,  perhaps, 
more  easily  performed  than  root-pruning,  and  the  trees 
soon  form  perfect  pictures.  As  far  as  my  experience  has 
gone,  cherries  on  the  Mahaleb  are  much  more  fruitful 
when  '  oft  removed ' ;  the  most  eligible  mode  is  to 
remove  only  half  the  trees  in  one  season,  and  the  re- 
mainder the  following  season.  It  will  much  facilitate 
the  operation  on  their  roots  if  the  trees  be  planted  on 
small  mounds. 

In  forming  plantations  of  pyramidal  and  dwarf 
cherries  on  the  Mahaleb  stock,  it  is  necessary  to 
arrange  them  with  a  little  care.  The  two  groups, 
those  of  the  habit  of  the  Morello  tribe,  and  those  of  the 
compact  habit  of  the  May  Duke,  should  be  planted  in 
separate  rows.  Bigarreau  and  Heart  cherries  are  too 
short-lived  in  many  kinds  of  soil,  when  grafted  on  this 
stock,  and  unless  double-grafted  on  the  Morello  cherry 
it  is  not  to  be  recommended. 

The  following  arrangement  will  assist  the  planter : — 

Section  I. — The  May  Duke  Tribe 


Royal  Duke 
Empress  Eugenie 


Archduke 
May  Duke 

Section  II. — Tlie  Morello  Tribe 
Late  Duke  Morello 


Cherries  grafted  on  the  Cerasus  Mahaleb  are 
eminently  adapted  for  espaliers,  or  for  walls,  as  they 
occupy   less   space   and   are   very    fertile.     They  may 


CHERRIES   AS   BUSHES  AND   PYRAMIDS  115 

be  planted  twelve  feet  apart,  whereas  espaliers  on 
the  cherry  stock  require  to  be  eighteen  or  twenty  feet 
apart.  For  potting,  for  forcing,  cherries  on  this 
stock  are  highly  eligible,  as  they  grow  slowly  and 
bear  abundantly.1 


CHERRIES   AS   SINGLE   VERTICAL   CORDONS 

The  varieties  best  adapted  for  this  very  interesting 
mode  of  culture  are  those  of  the  Duke  tribe,  such  as 
the  May  Duke,  Archduke,  Empress  Eugenie,  Royal 
Duke,  and  the  Morello.  Young  pyramidal  trees,  three 
feet  apart,  should  be  planted  in  rows,  and  their  side 
shoots  pruned  into  within  two  inches  of  their  stems. 
They  require  the  same  summer  pinching  as  that  recom- 
mended for  vertical  cordon  pears,  p.  48,  and  should  not 
be  allowed  to  exceed  eight  or  ten  feet  in  height.  Nothing 
can  be  more  charming  than  these  cordon  cherry  trees, 
with  their  bright  ripe  fruit  hanging  close  to  the  stem, 
and  shining  through  the  net  that  protects  them  from 
the  birds.  The  best  protection,  both  from  birds  and 
wasps,  is,  however,  Haythorn's  netting,  or  coarse  muslin, 

1  Cherry  trees  are  often  infested  in  summer  with  the  black  aphis. 
The  best  remedy  is  a  mixture  made  by  boiling  four  ounces  of  quassia 
chips  in  a  gallon  of  soft  water  for  ten  minutes,  and  dissolving  in  it 
four  ounces  of  soft  soap  at  the  time  of  application.  It  should  be 
stirred,  and  the  trees  syringed  with  it  twice  or  thrice.  The  day 
following  they  should  be  syringed  with  pure  water. 

i  2 


116  THE   MINIATUEE   FEUIT   GAKDEN 

formed  into  a  narrow  bottomless  bag,  which  should  be 
let  down  gently  over  the  tree,  so  as  to  leave  the  leading 
shoot  out,  and  tied  at  the  bottom  and  top ;  Duke 
cherries  may  be  thus  preserved  till  August.  I  may 
mention  here,  that  with  these  cherry  cordon  trees,  root- 
pruning  or  removal  is  seldom  required,  their  vital 
force  is  so  reduced  by  the  pruning  of  the  young  shoots ; 
but  if  a  rich  soil  gives  too  much  vigour,  it  may  be 
practised. 

The  Bigarreau  and  Heart,  or  Guigne  cherries,  are 
too  vigorous  for  this  mode  of  culture  when  grafted  or 
budded,  as  they  generally  are,  on  the  common  cherry 
stock.  The  new  mode  of  culture  by  double  grafting, 
i.e.  by  grafting  on  Morello  cherry  trees  that  have  been 
previously  grafted  on  the  Mahaleb,  will  make  them 
most  prolific  cordons.     (See  page  133.) 

I  must  add  a  piece  of  very  necessary  advice  :  all 
vertical  cordon  trees,  whether  pears,  apples,  cherries  or 
plums,  should  be  supported  by  a  slight  iron  rod,  about 
the  size  of  a  goosequill,  which  should  be  painted  ;  this 
should  stand  six  to  seven  feet  above  the  surface,  and  be 
inserted  ten  to  twelve  inches  in  the  ground,  and  the 
tree  attached  loosely  to  it  by  two  or  three  bands  of 
sheet  lead  or  some  soft  metal. 


117 


BIGARREAU  AND  HEART  CHERRIES  AS 
PYRAMIDS  ON  THE  COMMON  CHERRY 
STOCK 

The  Bigarreau  and  the  Heart  cherries  (or,  as  the 
French  call  thein,  Guignes)  do  not  succeed  so  well  on 
the  Cerasus  Mahaleb  as  they  do  on  the  common  cherry ; 
they  grow  most  rapidly  for  two  or  three  years,  and  then 
are  apt  to  become  diseased. 

The  stock  raised  from  the  small  black  and  red  wild 
cherries  is  the  proper  one  for  this  race,  except  they  are 
double-grafted. 

Pyramidal  cherry  trees  may  be  bought  ready-made 
or  formed  by  purchasing  young  trees  one  year  old  from 
the  bud,  and  training  them  up  in  the  same  way  as 
directed  for  pyramidal  pears  (pages  5  and  6),  with  this 
variation — pears,  it  is  well  known,  may  be  grown  as 
pyramids  successfully,  with  or  without  root-pruning  or 
biennial  removal ;  but  cherries  on  common  cherry  stocks 
will  grow  so  rapidly,  in  spite  of  summer  pinching,  that 
biennial  removal  is  a  work  of  necessity.  In  the  course 
of  a  few  years,  pyramidal  cherry  trees  thus  treated 
become  pictures  of  beauty.  In  France  they  generally 
fail,  and  become  full  of  dead  stumps  and  gum,  owing 
to  their  trusting  entirely  to  pruning  their  trees  severely 
in  summer  and  winter,  without  attending  to  their  roots  ; 
the  trees  thus  being  full  of  vigour  make  strong  shoots, 
only  to  be  pinched  and  cut  off.  We  must  '  manage 
these  things  better'  in  England. 


118  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

The  mode  of  operation  in  removing  pyramidal 
cherries  is  the  same  as  that  recommended  for  pears 
and  apples,  &c.  It  will  be  found,  however,  that  more 
labour  is  required,  for  in  two  years  the  cherry  on  the 
common  stock,  like  the  apple  on  the  crab,  makes  a 
vigorous  attempt  to  lay  hold  of  its  parent  earth.  The 
second  year  the  tree  may  be  lifted  by  digging  a  trench 
round  its  stem,  one  foot  distant  and  16  inches  deep. 
The  fourth  year  this  trench  must  be  18  inches  from  the 
stem,  and  20  inches  deep ;  the  sixth  year  it  should  be 
two  feet  from  the  stem,  and  two  feet  deep.  This  distance 
and  depth  need  not  be  departed  from  if  the  trees  are 
required  to  be  only  fair-sized  pyramids  ;  the  straggling 
roots  beyond  this  circumference  should  be  biennially 
pruned  off  with  the  knife.  The  tree  managed  thus  will 
soon  be  in  a  mature  fruitful  state,  and  its  roots  a  mass 
of  fibres,  so  that  when  removed  it  will,  like  the  rhodo- 
dendron, receive  only  a  healthy  check. 

Pyramidal  Bigarreau  and  Heart  cherries,  cultivated 
after  the  method  above  given,  may  be  planted  in  small 
grass  orchards,  with  pyramidal  pears  on  pear  stocks, 
pyramidal  apples  on  crab  stocks,  and  pyramidal  plums. 
A  charming  orchard  in  miniature  may  thus  be  formed. 
Cattle  and  sheep  must,  of  course,  be  excluded,  and  a 
wire  fence,  enclosing  a  space  from  three  to  four  feet  in 
diameter,  should  be  round  each  tree.  This  space  must 
be  kept  free  from  grass  and  weeds. 

The  following  varieties  form  handsome  pyramidal 
trees,  and  bear  fruit  of  the  finest  quality  : — 


BIGAEEEAU  AND  HEAET  CHEEEIES  AS  PYEAMIDS  119 


Early  Eivers 
Bigarreau  Jaboulay 
Bohemian  Bigarreau 
Large  Black  Bigarreau 
Early  Black  Bigarreau 
Late  Purple  Guigne 
Bigarreau 


Early  Red  Bigarreau 
Bigarreau  Napoleon 
Black  Tartarian  or  Bed- 
ford Prolific 
Elton 
Florence 
Governor  Wood 


At  the  risk  of  repetition,  and  writing  from  my  own 
experience,  I  must  say  that  no  gardening  operation 
can  be  more  agreeable  than  paying  daily  attention  to 
a  plantation  of  pyramids.  From  the  end  of  May  to 
the  end  of  July — those  beautiful  months  of  our  short 
summer — there  are  always  shoots  to  watch,  to  pinch,  to 
direct,  fruit  to  thin,  and  a  host  of  pleasant  operations, 
so  winning  to  one  who  loves  his  garden  and  every  tree 
and  plant  in  it. 

I  may  here  mention  that  the  small  Alberge  apricot, 
raised  from  the  stone,  and  producing  small  high- 
flavoured  fruit,  and  also  the  Breda  apricot,  make  very 
beautiful  pyramids  if  lifted  or  planted  biennially.  In 
the  southern  counties  of  England,  in  a  favourable 
season,  they  will  ripen  their  fruit  and  produce  good 
crops.  The  large  Portugal  quince  is  also  very  prolific 
as  a  pyramidal  tree.  Some  trees  only  two  years  old 
have  borne  fine  fruit  here.  This  is  the  finest  of  all  the 
quinces,  and  in  the  south  of  Eurojae  it  grows  to  an 
enormous  size.  The  Medlar  will  also  form  a  handsome 
and  productive  pyramid,  and,  '  last,  but  not  least '  in 


120  THE   MINIATURE    FRUIT   GARDEN 

the  estimation  of  the  lover  of  soft  fruits,  the  currant. 
A  near  neighbour — an  ingenious  gardener — attaches 
much  value,  and  with  reason,  to  his  pyramidal  currant 
trees ;  for  his  table  is  supplied  abundantly  with  their 
fruit  till  late  in  autumn.  The  leading  shoots  of  his 
trees  are  fastened  to  iron  rods  ;  they  form  nice  pyramids 
of  about  five  feet  in  height;  and  by  the  clever  con- 
trivance of  slipping  a  bag  made  of  tiffany  over  every 
tree  as  soon  as  the  fruit  is  ripe,  fastening  it  securely  to 
the  bottom,  wasps,  and  birds,  and  flies,  and  all  the  ills 
that  beset  ripe  currants  are  excluded. 


FILBERTS   AND   NUTS   AS   STANDARDS 

Filberts,  as  commonly  cultivated,  except  in  the  Kentish 
gardens,  form  straggling  bushes,  and  are  some  years 
before  they  commence  to  bear.  To  correct  this,  some 
twenty  years  since  I  had  them  grafted  by  inarching  on 
stems  of  the  hazel-nut  raised  from  Spanish  nuts,  as 
they  were  vigorous  growers  and  formed  stout  stems.  I 
have  found  these  grafted  trees  answer  admirably,  and 
come  quickly  into  bearing,  forming  nice  garden  trees. 

As  soon  as  the  nut  trees  designed  for  stocks  have 
made  stout  stems  about  four  feet  high,  they  should  be 
grafted  by  inarching  at  that  height  with  choice  kinds  of 
nuts,  such  as  the  red  and  white  filberts  and  the  Cosford 
nut — an  excellent  nut — and,  the  best  of  all,  the  Lambert 


FIGS  AS  HALF  STANDARDS  OR  BUSHES    121 

Filbert  or  Kentish  Cob  and  its  varieties.  The  purple- 
leaved  filbert,  generally  planted  as  an  ornamental  shrub, 
may  also  be  grafted ;  it  gives  nuts  equal  to  the  common 
filbert,  and  forms  a  nice  ornamental  standard. 

Standard  nuts  require  but  little  culture ;  they  soon 
form  round  heads,  and  bear  profusely.  Care  must  be 
taken  to  destroy  all  suckers  from  the  stem  and  root. 

The  only  pruning  required  is,  in  the  winter,  to  thin 
out  the  crowded  shoots,  and  shorten  to  half  their  length 
those  that  are  inclined  to  be  vigorous — that  is,  those 
that  are  more  than  nine  inches  in  length.  The  short 
spray-like  shoots  must  not  be  shortened,  as  they  are  the 
fruit-givers. 

Standard  nuts  planted  in  rich  garden  soils  soon  make 
trees  too  large  for  small  gardens.  If,  therefore,  they  are 
found  to  grow  too  vigorously,  they  should  be  lifted  and 
planted  biennially  in  November. 


FIGS  AS   HALF   STANDARDS   OR   BUSHES 

There  is,  perhaps,  no  fruit  tree  that  disappoints  the 
amateur  fruit  grower  so  much  as  the  fig.  If  planted  in 
the  open  borders  of  the  garden,  it  soon  grows  into  an 
enormous  fruitless  bush  or  tree,  and  if  placed  against 
a  wall,  unless  a  very  large  space  can  be  given  to  it,  bat 
little  fruit  must  be  expected. 

It  may,  however,  be  made  eligible  for  small  gardens, 


122  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

where  the  climate  is  sufficiently  warm  to  ripen  its  fruit, 
such  as  the   gardens  near  London,  and   those  in  the 
eastern  and  southern  counties.     Fruitfulness  and  mode- 
rate growth  are  brought  on  by  the  following  method. 
Trees   should    be   procured    of  the   Angelique,  Brown 
Turkey,  White  Marseilles,  and  Early  Violet  Figs — these 
are  the  only  kinds  that  bear  freely,  and  ripen  their  fruit 
well ;  such  trees  should  be  low  or  half  standards,  or 
dwarfs  with  a  clear  stem  (not  bushes  branching  from  the 
ground).     The  former  should  have  a  stem  three  feet 
high,  and  the  latter  from  one  foot  to  eighteen  inches  ; 
in  each  case  the  tree  should  have  a  nice  rounded  head. 
Trees  thus  selected  should  be  planted  in  a  sunny 
situation,  and  require  only  the  following  simple  mode  of 
treatment.      They,  we  will    assume,   were  planted   in 
March  or  April.     They  will  make  a  tolerably  vigorous 
growth,  and  must  be  pruned  by  pinching  off  the  top  of 
every  shoot  as  soon  as  it  has  made  six  leaves,  leaving 
five.     The  stem  must  be  kept  quite  clear  from  young 
shoots.    By  the  autumn  nice  round-headed  trees  will  be 
formed,  and  about  the  end  of  October  they  should  be 
taken  up  (their  leaves  cut  off  if  they  have  not  fallen)  and 
placed  in  a  cellar — no  matter  if  dark,  but  a  light  dry 
cellar  would  be  preferable — some  earth  should  be  placed 
over  their  roots,  and  there  they  may  remain  till  the 
first  week  in  May,  when  they  should  be  planted  out, 
and  the  same  routine  of  culture  followed.     They  will 
bear  one  good  crop  of  fruit  in  a  season  and  ripen  it  in 
September.     This  annual  removal  brings  on  great  stm- 


FIGS   AS   HALF  STANDARDS   OE  BUSHES  123 

diness  of  growth  in  the  tree,  and  the  roots  become  so 
fibrous  as  to  hold  a  large  quantity  of  earth,  which 
should  not  be  shaken  from  them  when  they  go  into  their 
annual  winter  abode.  Fine  trees  thus  treated  are 
grown  in  the  garden  of  the  Duke  of  Altenburg,  in 
Central  Germany,  their  stems  as  stout  as  a  man's  leg, 
and  their  heads  full  of  fruit ;  and  fig-trees,  taken  up  in 
October,  and  placed  in  the  orchard-house  during  the 
winter — their  roots  in  the  soil — will  give  a  crop  of  very 
rich,  well-ripened  fruit :  fresh  soil  must  be  given  to 
lifted  trees. 


SEEDLING   FRUITS 


Although  raising  fruits  is,  like  art,  very  slow  in  results, 
and  the  reward  precarious,  the  pleasure  of  contributing 
to  the  general  good  is  worth  waiting  for.  For  many 
years  I  have  never  ceased  to  sow  seed  of  fruits  of  good 
quality  in  the  hope  of  prolonging  or  advancing  the 
season  of  sorts  that  are  recognised  by  all  to  be  the  best 
of  their  class.  I  cannot  say  that  up  to  the  present  my 
hopes  have  been  fulfilled,  but  still  there  is  always  a 
chance  of  success. 

The  Transparent  Gage,  of  whose  origin  I  know 
nothing  except  that  it  belongs,  though  widely  differing, 
to  the  family  of  the  gages,  appears  capable  of  repro- 
ducing itself  from  seed;  of  this  sort  I  have  obtained 
the  Early  Transparent,  the  Late  Transparent,  and  the 


124       THE  MINIATURE  FRUIT  GARDEN 

Golden  Transparent,  the  three  seedlings  and  the  original 
lasting  from  August  to  October ;  these  are  in  no  wise 
inferior  in  flavour  to  the  prototype,  the  greengage,  and, 
indeed,  excel  it  in  size  and  beauty.  The  Early  Prolific, 
&  seedling  from  the  Precoce  de  Tours,  also  exhibits  a 
tendency  to  reproduce  itself.  I  have  raised  many  seed- 
lings from  this  variety  which  differ  little  from  the 
parent.  The  Late  Prolific  is  almost  identical,  but  ripens 
three  weeks  later.  The  '  Curlew,'  raised  from  the 
'  Diamond,'  is  alike  in  colour  and  size,  but  is  exceed- 
ingly good  for  the  table  as  well  as  the  kitchen,  and 
ripens  from  ten  to  twelve  days  earlier.  The  '  Monarch,' 
a  seedling  from  the  '  Autumn  Compote,'  in  no  way 
resembles  the  parent,  being  very  large,  of  a  deep  purple 
colour,  and  round  rather  than  oval.  The  '  Grand  Duke,' 
also  a  seedling  from  the  '  Autumn  Compote,'  is  oval 
and  very  large,  deep  purple  in  colour,  and  ripens  from 
two  to  three  weeks  after  the  original. 

Certain  races  of  pears  are  inclined  to  reproduction, 
the  Louise  Beurre  of  Jersey  belonging  to  this  class ; 
the  seedlings  Magnate  and  Princess  both  originated 
from  this  variety,  of  which  they  continue  the  special 
characteristics — the  Magnate  ripening  in  November, 
and  the  Princess  in  December,  both  bearing  strong 
evidence  of  their  origin.  The  Beurre  de  Capiaumont 
is  wildly  erratic,  the  Beurre  d'Aremberg  is  tolerably 
persistent,  and  the  Passe  Colmar  produces  seedlings 
which  hardly  vary  save  in  season.  There  is  one  im- 
portant rule  to  follow  in  raising  seedlings,  and  that  is  to 


SEEDLING  FRUITS  125 

sow  seeds  only  from  the  finest  and  best  developed 
fruits  of  the  highest  quality.  If  certain  fruits  can  be 
raised  which  will  ripen  consecutively  through  the  season, 
the  task  of  making  a  choice  will  be  much  simplified  to 
the  amateur,  and  the  grower  will  be  relieved  from  a 
very  troublesome  business,  i.e.  that  of  knowing  what  to 
grow. 


THE  BIENNIAL  REMOVAL  OF  FRUIT  TREES 
WITHOUT  ROOT-PRUNING 

All  trees  that  are  inclined  to  make  very  fibrous  roots, 
such  as  plums,  pears,  or  quince  stocks,  and  apples  on 
Paradise  stocks,  may  be  lifted — i.e.  removed  biennially 
or  occasionally,  if  their  growth  is  not  too  vigorous,  as 
above  described — with  equal  or  greater  facility  than 
root-pruning  them.  The  effect  is  the  same;  they 
make  short  well- ripened  shoots,  and  bear  abundantly. 
Apples  on  Paradise  stocks,  cultivated  as  dwarf  bushes 
or  as  pyramids,  if  lifted  every  year,  and  a  shovelful  or 
two  of  compost  given  to  them,  form  delightful  little 
trees.1  The  most  delicate  sorts  of  apples,  such  as 
Golden  Pippins  and  Nonpareils,  may  thus  be  cultivated 
in  the  most  unfavourable  soils ;  and  Roses,  more  par- 
ticularly Bourbon  Roses,  on  short  stems,  and  Hybrid 
Perpetuals,  removed  annually  in  the  autumn,  giving  to 

1  In  moist  retentive  soils  the  fruit-spurs  of  small  trees  become 
covered  with  moss ;  some  powerful  lime  sprinkled  over  them  will 
destroy  it ;  this  is  best  done  in  foggy  weather  in  winter. 


126  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

each  tree  a  shovelful  of  rich  compost,  and  not  pruning 
their  shoots  till  April,  will  bloom  delightfully  all  the 
autumn,  never  dropping  their  leaves  towards  the  end  of 
summer,  and  not  becoming,  as  is  too  often  the  case, 
blighted  and  blossomless. 

If  the  soil  be  very  rich,  so  as  to  induce  the  trees 
planted  in  it  to  make  a  growth  of  eighteen  inches  in 
one  season,  they  may  be  removed  annually  till  this 
vigorous  growth  ceases.  If  the  trees  make  an  annual 
growth  only  of  ten  to  twelve  inches,  the  trees  may  be 
removed  biennially  or  occasionally ;  and  I  may  add  that 
in  soils  in  which  trees  grow  slowly,  root-pruning  is  more 
advantageous  than  removal,  as  less  check  is  given  to 
vegetation. 


PYRAMID   ORCHARDS 

A  fair  return  ought  to  be  made  from  an  acre  planted 
with  pyramid  trees,  but,  like  everything  that  is  really 
worth  having,  the  realisation  of  profit  must  necessarily 
be  slow.  Supposing  that  it  is  intended  to  plant  an 
acre  of  ground  as  a  pyramidal  orchard,  I  should  recom- 
mend the  planter  to  mark  off  a  quarter  acre,  and  to 
prepare  this  for  the  first  plantation.  If  possible, 
trench  the  ground  to  about  twenty-four  inches  ;  if  you 
can  persuade  the  labourer  to  do  this  honestly,  so  much 
the  better ;  but  many  workmen  will  throw  the  soil  loose 
and  high,  giving  the  digging  an  appearance  of  depth, 


PYEAMID   ORCHARDS  127 

which  exists  more  in  the  workman  than  in  his  work, 
as   the  absolute    depth  measured   from  the    unbroken 
surface  to  the  lowest  trench  may  not  be  really  more 
than  eighteen  inches,  a  great  saving  in  a  day's  digging ! 
Good  work,  from  22  to  24  inches,  will  probably  cost 
Is.  4c£.  to  Is.  Qd.  per  perch  ;  but  much  of  course  depends 
on  the  quality  of  the  soil.     If  the  subsoil  is  wet  and 
heavy,    draining   is    essential.      Before   breaking    the 
ground,  dress  with  about  fifteen  tons  of  good  manure. 
This  work  should  be  done  early  in  September,  and  the 
ground  should  be  ready  to  plant  the  second  week  in 
October,  so  that  the  plants  may  bear  the  advantage  of 
the  warmth  in  the  soil  which  has  been  stored  up  during 
the  summer.     They  will  commence  to  root  immediately 
they  are  planted,  and   by  the   end   of  March   of  the 
ensuing  year — nearly  six  months — the  roots  will  have 
already  made  a  good  basis  for  the  summer's  growth.     I 
assume  that  the  remainder  of  the  acre  will  not  be  used 
for  stock,  and  that  the  orchard  will  not  require  fencing ; 
but  it  will  be  evident  that,  if  the  orchard  is  fenced,  it 
will  be  much  cheaper  to  enclose  by  a  single  fence  than 
as  in  ordinary  orchards.    To  fence  every  individual  tree 
is  an  expensive  and  unsatisfactory  process,  as  usually 
before  the  standards  have  made  growth  enough  to  stand 
alone,   the   fencing   rots.     The    next    question   is   the 
number  of  trees  to  be  planted ;  I  assume  that  the  ulti- 
mate distance  of  each  tree  will  be  twelve  feet  apart.     I 
should  therefore  begin  by  planting  two-year-old  trees 
at  four  feet  apart.     After  two  years'  growth  a  second 


128  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

quarter  acre  should  be  prepared,  and  a  third  of  the  trees 
removed  from  the  first  plantation.  In  three  years  the 
trees  ought  to  have  made  growth  enough  to  pay  for 
planting  the  entire  acre.  Three  years  must  be  the 
limit  of  time  allowed  for  the  last  transplanting,  and  it 
must  be  done  as  early  in  October  as  possible,  and  the 
trees  should  be  taken  up  carefully.  Some  men  in 
drawing  trees  are  apt  to  chop  the  roots  ;  this  should  be 
strictly  forbidden,  and  the  master  will  have  to  look  at 
the  trees  before  any  damage  is  concealed  by  the  earth. 
Every  care  also  must  be  taken  that  the  trees  are  solidly 
planted,  as  the  wind,  after  the  ground  is  loosened  by 
frost,  will  break  the  young  roots  that  are  made  during 
the  winter.  After  frost  every  tree  must  be  firmly  set 
by  a  strong  and  willing  labourer. 

I  have  assumed,  in  the  foregoing  description  of  a 
condensed  orchard,  that  the  trees  planted  will  be  either 
plums  or  apples,  as  these  are  generally  more  profitable 
than  pears  or  cherries  ;  but  I  have  found  that  land  may 
be  economised  by  planting  alternately  with  plums,  a 
row  of  pears  on  the  quince  stock,  or  apples  on  the 
Paradise.  The  pear  and  the  apple  on  these  stocks  do 
not  grow  with  the  same  vigour  as  the  plum.  If  a 
mixed  orchard  is  desired,  the  rows  must  be  made  at 
six  feet,  and  the  trees  planted  three  feet  apart  in  the 
rows,  with  a  view  to  their  future  removal ;  for  an  orchard 
of  pears  on  the  quince,  or  of  apples  on  the  Paradise, 
the  ultimate  distance  of  six  feet  will  be  sufficient  for 
many  yearst  and  if  the  trees  are  found  to  be  close,  one 


PYRAMID   ORCHARDS  129 

year's  preparation  by  lifting,  preceding  the  transplanta- 
tion, will  ensure  their  safe  removal  to  a  new  orchard. 
A  mixed  plantation  will,  I  think,  be  found  to  answer 
very  well.  As  large  pears  fetch  the  highest  price,  they 
will  be  the  most  profitable  to  plant,  and  the  plum  trees 
will  shelter  the  fruit  from  the  effects  of  the  autumnal 
winds. 

There  remains  the  question  of  the  best  method  of 
cropping  the  surface  of  the  soil  not  occupied,  and  this 
I  am  unable  to  answer.  In  the  neighbourhood  of  a 
town  or  of  easy  carriage,  I  think  strawberries  would 
pay  best.  Black  and  red  currants,  or  gooseberries;  bring 
the  most  profit,  but  with  these  crops  the  land  must  be 
highly  manured,  or  the  trees  will  suffer.  In  the  non- 
bearing  years  of  the  pyramid  trees  some  return  of  course 
ought  to  be  made. 

It  is  evident  that  great  allowance  for  spring  frosts 
must  be  made  in  planting  orchards.  Care  should  be 
taken  to  select  a  locality  not  liable  to  excessive  frosts. 
The  soil  must  not  be  heavy  or  wet,  and  should  be  well 
drained.  Above  all,  a  valley  should  be  avoided,  espe- 
cially if  a  river  runs  through.  Frosts  are  invariably 
more  severe  near  the  water  than  on  a  hill.  If  a  crop 
can  be  reasonably  expected  five  years  out  of  seven,  a 
fruit  orchard  of  trees  six  and  twelve  feet  apart  will 
yield  a  good  return  for  the  outlay.  An  orchard  from 
which  crops  of  fruit  were  taken  every  year  would 
probably  soon  be  exhausted,  as  the  trees,  unless  very 
highly  farmed,  would  probably  overbear  themselves.    It 


130  THE   MINIATURE    FRUIT   GARDEN 

is,  however,  a  consummation  never  attained  in  this 
country.  In  other  countries  the  balance  seems  to  be 
kept  up,  if  not  by  spring  frosts,  by  other  destructive 
agencies,  such  as  excessive  droughts.  Some  years  since, 
in  travelling  in  the  Touraine  during  June,  I  noticed 
that  the  apple  trees  by  the  side  of  the  railway  for  some 
twenty  miles  or  more  were  entirely  stripped  of  their 
foliage  by  caterpillars. 

The  cost  of  the  preparation  of  the  ground  will  be 
much  reduced  by  opening  trenches  in  the  lines  in  which 
the  trees  are  planted ;  if  these  are  sis  feet  apart  a  great 
saving  will  be  made.  A  trench  will  probably  not  cost 
more  than  opening  holes  for  each  tree. 

The  trench  should  be  two  feet  wide,  the  first  spit 
thrown  out,  and  the  second  spit  of  soil  dug  and  left  in 
its  place. 

The  intervening  soil  can  be  cultivated  with  the 
plough  the  first  year,  but  spade  husbandry  must  be 
used  after  the  trees  have  made  a  fair  growth. 


DOUBLE   GRAFTING   OF   FRUIT   TREES 

I  have  not  been  able  to  find  this  mode  of  culture 
likely  to  be  so  beneficial  to  fruit  gardens  in  England, 
alluded  to  by  the  many  authors  of  works  on  fruit  trees  ; 
it  may  be  '  as  old  as  the  hills,'  and  have  no  claim  to 
originality,  but  few  so-called  new  ideas  have.     I  can 


DOUBLE  GRAFTING-  OF  FRUIT  TREES      131 

only  therefore  state  how  it  originated  here  some  twenty 
or  twenty-five  years  since.  I  am  not  aware  that  it  has 
been  practised  by  the  clever  fruit-tree  cultivators  of 
France  and  Belgium  ;  if  so,  it  has  been  recently  copied 
from  English  practice ;  but  I  never  remember  having 
seen  it  carried  out.  It  may  be  described  in  a  very  few 
words.  A  double-grafted  pear  tree  is  formed  by  select- 
ing a  variety  that  grows  very  freely  when  budded  or 
grafted  on  the  quince,  and  re-grafting  it — i.e.  grafting 
the  graft  with  a  kind  that  refuses  to  unite  kindly  with 
the  quince  stock. 

Its  history,  briefly  told,  is  as  follows  : — All  those 
who  are  skilful  cultivators  will  know  that  when  budding 
and  grafting  pears  on  the  quince  stock,  some  varieties 
did  not  grow  freely  on  that  stock,  particularly  the 
Jargonelle,  Gansel's  Bergamot,  and  the  Autumn  Ber- 
gamot,  the  Seckle,  the  Marie  Louise,  Knight's  Monarch, 
and  some  others.  Now,  as  the  second  and  last-mentioned 
are  notorious  for  their  shy  bearing  qualities  while  the 
trees  are  young,  even  when  root  pruned  or  frequently 
removed,  I  felt  anxious  to  see  them  flourishing  on  the 
quince  stock,  which  invariably  makes  pear  trees  fertile ; 
but  few  grafts  of  these  sorts  out  of  scores  would  survive 
on  the  quince,  and  when  they  did  unite  they  were  very 
short-lived.  This  induced  me  to  look  narrowly  into  the 
habits  of  pear  trees  on  the  quince  stock,  and  I  found 
that  some  sorts  form  a  most  perfect  union  with  the 
stock,  and  seemed  most  enduring.  I  therefore  had  some 
thrifty  trees,  two  years  old  from  the  bud,  grafted  with 

K  2 


132  THE   MINIATURE   FEUIT   GARDEN 

Gansel's  Bergamot ;  the  grafts  flourished,  and  became 
so  prolific  that  when  three  or  four  years  old,  they  each 
bore  from,  three  to  four  dozen  of  fruit — a  most  unusual 
thing  with  that  fine  variety.  This  settled  the  question 
as  to  the  fertility  given  by  double  grafting ;  which  since 
this  experiment  has  become  here  an  extensive  branch 
of  culture.  The  cultivator  has  something  to  learn,  for 
there  are  many  pears  of  the  finest  quality,  but  of  a 
delicate  and  infertile  habit,  that  may  be  much  improved 
by  double  grafting. 

Our  garden  culture  of  cherries  is,  as  yet,  rude  and 
imperfect ;  and  espaliers  of  the  Bigarreau  and  Guigne 
or  Heart  tribe  are  planted  and  trained  along  the  sides 
of  the  garden  walks,  giving  abundance  of  shoots  and 
leaves,  but  very  little  fruit  (which  the  birds  appro- 
priate), and,  in  the  course  of  time,  give  out  gum — owing 
to  their  having  been  unmercifully  pruned — and  die  full 
of  years  and  barren  shoots,  having  given  much  trouble 
to  the  gardener.  I  have  pointed  out  how  cherries 
may  be  cultivated  in  gardens  as  pyramids,  <xc,  and 
have  alluded  to  fertility  in  the  Bigarreau  and  Heart 
tribe  being  promoted  by  double  grafting ;  this  mode  of 
culture  is  also  interesting  as  leading  to  success  in  soils 
that  seem  unfavourable  to  cherries  under  some  circum- 
stances. 

Cherries  grafted  on  the  Mahaleb  are  described  in 
pp.  109  to  114;  they  affect  calcareous  soils,  and,  as  far 
as  I  can  learn,  do  not  succeed  so  well  in  the  sandstone 
formations,  and  where  iron  abounds  in  the  soil  ;  in  such 


DOUBLE   GRAFTING  OF  FRUIT  TEEES  133 

situations  double-grafted  trees  should  be  planted, 
formed  in  this  way — the  common  Morello  cherry  should 
be  budded  on  the  Mahaleb  stock,  and  after  two  years  it 
should  be  grafted  with  some  kind  of  Bigarreau,  Heart, 
or  Guigne  cherry;  it  will  form  a  small  or  moderate- 
sized  tree,  and  bear  abundantly.  In  cultivating  cherry 
trees  in  soils  inimical  to  their  well-doing,  abundance  of 
chalk  or  lime  rubbish  should  be  mixed  with  the  earth 
to  the  depth  of  two  feet. 

Double  grafting  of  apples  is  of  very  inferior  im- 
portance as  compared  with  the  same  operation  on  pears 
or  cherries,  for  our  English  Paradise  stocks  give  the 
most  perfect  health  and  fertility  in  nearly  all  soils. 
Still  there  may  be  some  peculiar  positions  where  the 
soils  are  very  light  and  poor,  in  which  strong,  robust 
sorts  of  the  crab  stock  are  required  to  make  healthy 
fruitful  trees.  In  such  cases  it  is  better  to  graft  such 
sorts  as  the  Hawthornden,  Manx  Codlin,  and  Small's 
Admirable  on  thrifty  crab  stocks,  and  when  two  years 
old  re-graft  them  with  choice  dessert  kinds ;  all  double 
grafting  is  best  done  when  the  first  graft  is  two  years 
old.  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  English  cultivators, 
more  particularly  nurserymen,  have  not  turned  their 
attention  to  the  benefit  choice  fruit  trees  derive  from 
having  the  proper  kind  of  stock  selected  for  them,  or 
from  being  double  grafted.  Mr.  George  Lindley,  an  old 
author,  seems  to  have  turned  his  attention  to  fruit  tree 
stocks  more  than  any  other  nurseryman  of  his  day ;  still 
he  knew  only  those  gi-own  by  the  nurserymen  of  his 


184  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

day,  a  very  imperfect  list.  It  is  but  a  few  years  since 
that  the  common  fruit-bearing  quince,  raised  from  layers 
— a  most  unfit  stock — was  sold  for  stocks  for  pears,  and 
Mussell,  White  Pear  Plum,  Brompton,  Brussels,  and 
'  Commoners '  (i.e.  common  plum  stocks)  are  still  the 
plum  stocks  propagated  for  sale ;  all  except  the  first  and 
the  last  are  of  inferior  quality  and  are  surpassed  by  the 
White  Magnum  Bonum  and  the  Black  Damask  Plum, 
which  suit  Peaches,  Nectarines,  Apricots,  and  all  kinds 
of  plums. 

There  are  some  free-growing  kinds  of  apricots  which, 
when  budded  on  the  plum,  and  the  young  apricot 
budded  with  a  peach  or  nectarine,  produce  the  most 
favourable  effects  on  the  peach  tree,  the  union  being 
perfect  and  the  duration  of  it  much  lengthened.  There 
are  also  one  or  two  kinds  of  plums  which,  being  budded 
on  a  wild  kind  of  plum,  form,  when  budded  with  the 
peach  or  nectarine,  a  most  favourable  stock,  giving 
hardiness  and  fertility  to  the  trees.  We  are  still  very 
backward  in  our  knowledge  of  the  effects  of  stocks  on 
fruits ;  the  subject  requires  much  time  and  research, 
and  no  rushing  to  conclusions  like  some  of  our  writers, 
who  write  on  everything,  and  nothing  well,  only  be- 
cause they  have  not  the  necessary  patience  to  master  a 
few  subjects  thoroughly. 


135 


RENOVATING  OLD   STANDARD  PEAR 
TREES 

Old  pear  trees  which  have  ceased  to  bear  any  but  under- 
sized fruit  are  often  an  eyesore ;  still  the  owner  may  be 
unwilling  to  resort  to  the  heroic  remedy  of  cutting 
them  down.  My  remedy  is  not  so  trenchant,  and, 
instead  of  destruction,  will  restore  them  to  health  and 
vigour;  it  is  simply  to  head  the  branches  down  to 
within  three  or  four  feet  of  the  main  stem.  From 
these  stumps  will  be  at  once  produced  young  shoots 
in  abundance,  and  in  three  years  they  will  be  thickly 
covered  with  fruit  spurs,  and  the  tree  will  be  in 
condition  to  bear  fruit  from  young  wood  no  longer 
distorted  and  small,  but  fine  in  size  and  quality.  I 
do  not  speak  from  theory,  but  from  practice,  as  I  have 
operated  on  trees  which  I  thought  hopeless,  which  have 
now  robust  young  heads  on  old  trunks.  The  old 
bearing  wood  of  fruit  trees  appears  to  become  too  con- 
stricted and  dense  to  allow  the  sap  to  flow  freely,  hence 
the  inferiority  of  the  fruit. 

The  vine,  after  seven  or  eight  years  of  spur-pruning, 
produces  small  branches,  which  gradually  lessen ;  the 
same  treatment  should  be  applied  by  cutting  away  the 
old  stem,  and  rearing  a  young  rod  from  the  base. 

Apples  and  plums  do  not  bear  this  treatment  so 
happily  as  the  pear. 


136  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

HOW  TO  PREPARE  A  PEACH  TREE 
BORDER  IN  LIGHT  SOILS 

In  our  southern  counties,  where  light  sandy  soils 
abound,  the  difficulty  of  making  peach  and  nectarine 
trees  trained  to  walls  nourish  is  well  known ;  in  spring 
they  are  liable  to  the  curl  and  the  attacks  of  aphides, 
in  summer  they  are  infested  with  the  red  spider,  so 
that  the  trees  are  weakened,  and  rarely  give  good 
fruit;  they  seem,  indeed,  to  detest  light  soils.  The 
following  method  of  preparing  borders  for  them  in  such 
soils  may  be  well  known,  but  I  have  not  seen  it  de- 
scribed by  any  gardening  author.  The  idea  has  come 
to  me  from  observing  peach  trees  trained  to  walls 
refuse  to  do  well  in  the  light  sandy  soil  forming  a  part 
of  my  nursery,  except  near  paths,  and  to  grow  and  do 
well  for  years  in  the  stiff  tenacious  loam  forming 
another  part.  My  bearing  trees  in  pots,  for  which  I 
use  tenacious  loam  and  dung,  rammed  down  with  a 
wooden  pestle,  also  bear  and  nourish  almost  beyond 
belief;  and  so  I  am  induced  to  recommend  that  in 
light  soils  the  peach  tree  border  should  be  made  as 
follows : — To  a  wall  of  moderate  height,  say  nine  or 
ten  feet,  a  border  six  feet  wide,  and  to  a  wall  twelve 
feet  high,  one  eight  feet  wide  should  be  marked  out. 
If  the  soil  be  poor  and  exhausted  by  cropping,  or  if 
it  be  an  old  garden,  a  dressing  of  rotten  dung l  and 

1  If  the  border  be  new  or  rich  with  manure,  a  dressing  of  the 
loam  or  clay  only,  four  inches  in  thickness,  will  be  suthcient. 


A   PEACH  TREE   BORDER   IN  LIGHT   SOILS      137 

tenacious  loam,  or  clay,  equal  parts,  five  inches  in 
tluckness,  should  be  spread  over  the  surface  of  the 
border ;  it  should  then  be  stirred  to  two  feet  in  depth, 
and  the  loarn  and  dung  well  mixed  with  the  soil.  The 
trees  may  be  planted  during  the  winter ;  and  in  March, 
in  dry  weather,  the  border  all  over  its  surface  should 
be  thoroughly  rammed  down  with  a  wooden  rammer, 
so  as  to  make  it  like  a  well-trodden  path ;  some  light, 
half-rotten  manure,  say  from  one  to  two  inches  in 
depth,  may  then  be  spread  over  it,  and  the  operation 
is  complete.  This  border  must  never  be  stirred,  except 
with  the  hoe  to  destroy  weeds,  and,  of  course,  never 
cropped ;  every  succeeding  spring,  in  dry  weather,  the 
ramming  and  dressing  must  be  repeated,  as  the  soil 
is  always  much  loosened  by  frost.  If  this  method  be 
followed,  peaches  and  nectarines  may  be  made  to 
flourish  in  our  dry  southern  counties,  where  they  have 
hitherto  brought  nothing  but  disappointment. 

The  two  grand  essentials  for  peach  culture  are  stiff 
loam,  or  a  very  firm  soil,  and  a  sunny  climate. 


A   CHEAP   METHOD   OF   PROTECTING 
WALL  TREES 

At  Twyford  Lodge,  near  East  Grinstead,  Sussex,  the 
seat  of  R.  Trotter,  Esq.,  is  a  wall  75  feet  long,  covered 
with  peaches  and  nectarines,  which,  for  several  years, 
had  given  no  fruit ;  some  years  ago,  the  gardener,  Mr. 


138  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

Murrell,  asked  my  advice  about  protecting  it  with 
glass ;  and  acting  upon  it  with  his  own  adaptation,  has 
succeeded,  every  season  since  its  erection,  in  securing 
fine  crops  of  fruit  of  superior  flavour.  The  following 
is  a  description  of  this  simple  structure  : — 

At  the  top  of  the  wall,  which  is  12  feet  high,  is 
nailed  a  plate  for  the  ends  of  the  rafters  to  rest  on ; 
4  feet  6  inches  from  the  wall  is  a  row  of  posts,  6  inches 
by  4  (these  should  be  of  oak),  6  feet  apart,  and  3  feet 
6  inches  in  height  from  the  ground ;  on  these  is  nailed 
a  plate  to  receive  the  lower  ends  of  the  rafters ;  the 
latter  are  8  feet  long,  3  inches  by  1^,  and  20  inches 
asunder;  and  the  glass  employed  is  16-oz.  sheet,  20 
inches  by  12.  Every  fourth  square  of  glass  at  the  top 
next  the  wall  is  fixed  into  a  slight  frame  of  wood  with 
a  hinge  at  the  top  of  each,  and  made  to  open  all  at 
once  by  a  line  running  on  a  wheel ;  the  front  is  of 
f -inch  deal  boards  nailed  to  the  posts,  one  of  which,  one 
foot  wide,  near  the  top,  is  on  hinges,  forming  a  drop 
shutter  the  whole  length  of  the  front.  Now  comes 
the  management  by  which  red  spider,  the  deadly  foe 
of  the  peach  tree,  is  discomfited ;  and  let  me  quote 
Mr.  Murrell : — 

'  All  these  ventilators,  back  and  front,  I  leave  open 
day  and  night  after  May,  except  in  very  wet  and  rough 
weather.  The  first  season  I  had  the  red  spider  (it  was 
in  the  walls),  but  the  fruit  was  of  the  highest  flavour; 
the  second  season  the  fruit  was  very  fine,  and  the 
spiders   never  came,  I  believe  owing  entirely   to   my 


A   CHEAP  METHOD   OF  PROTECTING  WALL  TREES   139 

syringing  the  trees  twice  a  day,  morning  and  afternoon, 
and  leaving  all  the  ventilators  open ;  besides  this  the 
boards  have  shrunk,  so  that  there  are  wide  crevices, 
and  the  place  is  always  airy.  I  thank  you  for  your 
hints  about  giving  plenty  of  air :  the  trees  are  admired 
by  all  who  see  them.' 

The  roof,  it  will  be  seen,  is  fixed,  and  the  whole 
structure  a  fixture  ;  the  trees  can  be  pruned  and  nailed 
under  shelter,  and  a  crop  of  fruit  always  ensured.  How 
superior,  then,  is  this  to  all  the  temporary  protectors  for 
walls  so  often  recommended ! 


STANDARD  ORCHARD  TREES 

Although  in  this  little  work  I  profess  to  confine  myself 
to  the  culture  of  garden  fruit  trees,  I  feel  that  a  few 
words  as  to  my  method  of  planting  trees  in  an  orchard 
under  grass  may  not  be  out  of  place,  for  very  frequently 
a  villa  residence  may  have  a  piece  of  pasture  land 
attached  to  it  favourable  to  the  growth  of  orchard  trees, 
and  quite  necessary  as  a  convenient  place  for  the  cow  or 
the  horse  or  horses.  The  common  practice  is  to  open 
large  holes  in  the  turf,  three  feet  in  diameter  and  from 
two  to  three  feet  deep,  and  in  the  centre  to  plant  a 
tree.  In  rich  deep  loamy  soils  trees  often  succeed  when 
planted  in  this  manner,  and  as  often  fail,  the  hole 
becoming  in  wet  seasons  a  pond. 


140  THE   3IINIATUEE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

Orchard  trees,  as  a  general  rule,  should  be  planted 
twenty-four  feet  apart,  row  from  row,  and  they  are  for 
the  most  part  planted  twenty-four  feet  apart  in  the  rows, 
so  as  to  stand  that  distance  apart  over  the  whole  orchard. 
I  now  propose  that  the  rows  should  be  twenty-four  feet 
apart,  but  the  trees  twelve  feet  apart  in  the  rows,  so  as 
to  allow  of  one-third  more  trees  to  the  acre.  Instead 
of  digging  large  holes,  slips  four  feet  wide,  six  feet  in 
length,  should  be  marked  out  on  the  turf,  so  that  the 
centre  of  each  is  twenty-four  feet  apart ;  each  slip 
should  then  be  trenched,  or,  as  it  is  often  called, 
'  double-dug,'  to  a  depth  of  two  feet,  keeping  the  turf 
at  the  surface  of  the  trench  and  leaving  the  subsoil  in 
situ.  A  row  of  trees  should  be  planted  in  the  centre  of 
each  slip,  twelve  feet  apart,  and  after  the  lapse  of  some 
fifteen  or  twenty  years  every  alternate  tree  should  be 
either  removed  and  replanted  or  grubbed  up.  As  such 
large  standard  trees  would  require  much  care  in  trans- 
planting, and  even  then  probably  not  succeed,  the  latter 
may  prove  the  more  economic  mode.  By  thus  planting 
more  trees  than  required  for  a  permanent  orchard,  a 
great  advantage  is  reaped,  for  the  temporary  trees  will, 
if  the  land  is  good,  bear  a  large  quantity  of  fruit,  and 
amply  repay  their  cost,  which  is  trifling ;  for  whereas 
95  trees  are  required  to  plant  one  acre  twenty-four 
feet  apart,  by  the  above  method  142  may  be  planted. 
I  have  mentioned  from  fifteen  to  twenty  years  as  the 
probable  time  when  the  temporary  trees  may  be  re- 
moved ;  as  this  depends  entirely  upon  the  quality  of 


STANDARD   ORCHARD   TREES  141 

the  soil  and  the  progress  they  have  made,  a  more  cer- 
tain rule  to  lay  down  is,  that  as  soon  as  the  outside 
roots  of  the  trees  touch  each  other  the  temporary  trees 
should  be  removed.  I  need  scarcely  write  the  usual 
directions  as  to  the  trees  being  fenced  round  if  horses 
and  cows  are  turned  into  the  orchard — that  the  trees 
should  have  stems  at  least  six  feet  in  height,  and  the 
lower  branches  should  be  taken  off  as  soon  as  they 
become  depressed  enough  for  cattle  to  browse  on  them. 
One  direction  I  feel,  however,  bound  to  give :  a  circle 
from  three  to  four  feet  in  diameter  round  each  tree 
should  be  kept  clear  of  grass  and  weeds  for  at  least 
five  years  from  the  time  of  planting ;  after  that  period 
grass  may  be  allowed  to  cover  all  the  surface  as  in  old 
orchards. 

In  preparing  the  slips  by  trenching,  if  the  subsoil 
be  poor  and  stony,  it  should  not  be  brought  to  the 
surface  but  be  merely  turned  over  with  the  spade,  and 
some  manure  mixed  with  it,  replacing  the  turf  and 
keeping  the  loose  mould  on  the  surface.  If  the  soil  be 
wet,  drains  four  feet  deep  should  be  made  twenty-four 
feet  apart,  one  in  the  centre  of  the  space  between  each 
row  of  trees  ;  they  should  be  made  by  careful  work- 
men, and  filled  in  with  bushes  if  drain  pipes  are  not  at 
hand  ;  before  the  drain  is  closed,  it  should  be  left  open 
for  the  examination  of  the  master  and  carefully  proved. 
The  soils  best  adapted  for  orchard  trees  are,  first,  loams 
with  a  subsoil  of  lime-stone  ;  second,  loams  resting  on 
a  dry  stony  subsoil;    third,  loams    resting  on  clay — 


142  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

these  should  be  drained.  Light  sandy  loams,  with  a 
subsoil  of  sand,  chalk,  and  gravel,  are  not  adapted  for 
standard  orchard  trees  unless  the  staple  of  loam  is  from 
two  to  three  feet  thick. 


INSECTS   PECULIAR   TO   THE   PEAR 

The  young  fruits  as  soon  as  formed  are  pierced  by  a 
small  weevil  (Rhynchites),  and  an  egg  deposited  which 
causes  the  fruit  to  swell  to  a  size  altogether  dispro- 
portionate, and  after  the  lapse  of  a  month  to  fall  to  the 
ground ;  there  is  no  remedy  for  this  other  than  the  imr 
mediate  destruction  of  the  fruit,  which  can  be  at  once 
detected  by  its  abnormal  size. 

Another  pest  common  to  the  pear  and  apple  adheres 
to  the  bark  of  the  tree,  forming  a  thick  layer ;  this  is  the 
pear-tree  kermes.  As  weakly  trees  only  are  attacked, 
the  best  remedy  is  probably  to  root  out  the  tree  to 
prevent  the  extension  of  the  insect ;  when  noticed,  if  the 
tree  is  not  sacrificed,  the  bark  should  be  scrubbed  with 
a  hard  brush  and  then  washed  with  soft  soap  and  quassia. 

The  slugworm — a  small,  black,  shiny  caterpillar — 
makes  its  appearance  in  August,  September,  and  the 
early  part  of  October  ;  the  tree  should  be  dusted  with 
quick-lime  as  soon  as  noticed,  and  the  dose  repeated 
when  necessary. 

The  pear-tree  oyster  scale,  a  small  insect  formed  on 


INSECTS   PECULIAR  TO   THE   PEAR  143 

the  bark,  should  be  rubbed  off  by  a  hard  brush  with 
soap  and  water  and  sand. 

For  the  numerous  caterpillars  and  larvae  which 
attack  the  pear  tree  there  is  one  very  simple  and 
practical  remedy,  viz.  the  finger  and  thumb.  The 
'  aphis;'  which  is  a  common  pest  to  all  fruit  trees,  must 
be  very  narrowly  watched  in  the  spring  as  soon  as  the 
young  leaves  are  developed,  and  should  be  treated  with 
the  following  mixture : — Boil  four  ounces  of  quassia 
chips  in  a  gallon  of  soft  water  until  the  bitter  principle 
has  been  extracted,  the  time  required  being  from 
twenty-five  to  thirty  minutes ;  in  this  mixture  dissolve 
at  the  time  of  application  four  ounces  of  soft  soap  to  the 
gallon,  and  apply  hot  if  possible  (up  to  150°  will  not 
hurt  the  tree) ;  but  if  it  is  inconvenient  to  use  hot 
water,  cold  will  answer  the  purpose.  If  trees  have  been 
severely  attacked  by  aphis  they  should  be  washed  during 
the  winter  with  the  above  mixture. 

The  American  blight  (Aphis  lanigerct)  is  peculiar  to 
the  apple,  and  is  destroyed  by  the  above  mixture.  On 
the  branches  of  two  years  and  upwards  an  application 
of  petroleum  and  milk  will  be  useful,  but  the  bark  must 
be  quite  sound  at  the  time  of  application.  Vinegar  is 
very  destructive  to  this  insect,  probably  the  more  adul- 
terated the  better  ;  it  is  easy  to  apply  and  to  obtain. 

If  the  aphis  descends  to  the  roots,  soot  should  be 
applied. 

The  pear  is  often  attacked  by  a  disease  which  has 
the  effect  of  rendering  the  bark  rough  and  scaly,  pre- 


14-1  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

senting  almost  the  appearance  of  canker ;  a  slight 
examination  will,  however,  determine  whether  the 
disease  is  deeper  than  the  bark.  W ashing  the  parts 
affected  with  a  mixture  of  soot,  lime,  and  sulphur  will 
remove  the  roughness  and  restore  the  tree  to  health ; 
if  the  above  materials  are  mixed  with  skim  milk  the 
mixture  is  more  enduring  ;  the  disease  often  shows  itself 
after  severe  frost,  and  probably  arises  from  a  rupture  of 
the  cells. 

A  bright  orange  spot  will  often  make  its  appearance 
on  the  leaves.  During  the  summer  the  leaves  thus 
affected  must  be  at  once  removed  and  burnt  ;  if  left  on 
the  tree  the  spot  will  develop  in  several  nipple-like 
protuberances,  which  will  burst  and  scatter  spores  for 
future  germination,  and  the  whole  tree,  bark,  and  leaves 
will  be  attacked,  and  ultimately  destroyed. 

MANURES 

In  heavy,  cold,  and  wet  soils  horse  manure  should 
be  forked  lightly  into  the  ground  in  the  autumn  and 
spring ;  when  the  soil  is  light  and  sandy,  cow-dung 
should  be  mixed  with  it.  Kiln  dust  mixed  with  night 
soil  is  an  excellent  surface-dressing,  and  soot  should 
be  given  liberally,  particularly  where  a  deficiency  of 
colouring  is  observed  in  the  fruit.  In  all  non-calcareous 
soils,  chalk,  lime,  gypsum,  and  phosphate  of  lime  should 
be  freely  used ;  the  absence  of  lime  in  soils  is  often  the 
cause  of  failure ;  all  plants  contain  lime,  and  it  must 
therefore  be  supplied  when  non-existent. 


METHODS   OF  PLANTING  SMALL  PYEAMID   TEEES    145 

PLANTING 

In  most  cases  it  is  only  necessary  to  open  holes,  but 
in  stiff  and  cold  clay  soils  the  bottom  of  the  hole 
opened  should  be  filled  in  with  gravel  or  brick  rubble, 
and  the  tree  planted  on  a  mound ;  but  in  ordinary  well- 
drained  soils  it  is  sufficient  to  open  holes  for  the  trees 
in  accordance  with  their  size ;  the  bottom  of  the  hole 
should  be  convex,  so  that  the  water  does  not  settle  in 
the  middle.  The  holes  should  be  opened  some  three 
weeks  before  planting,  and  the  best  soil  reserved  for 
the  roots;  at  the  time  of  opening  the  holes  mix  the 
soil  with  good  rotten  dung,  and  chalk  or  lime  if 
necessary.  If  the  weather  is  very  dry  at  the  time  of 
planting,  the  trees  should  be  watered  during  the 
operation,  but  it  is  very  seldom  indeed  that  the  weather 
during  our  autumn  requires  this  treatment.  The  soil 
should  be  lightly  and  firmly  pressed  round  the  roots, 
which  should  be  carefully  laid  out  radiating  from  the 
stem,  so  as  to  form  ultimately  a  secure  support  for  the 
trees,  no  matter  from  which  quarter  the  wind  blows.  If 
the  trees  are  slender  fasten  them  to  a  stout  stake,  which 
they  will  need  until  they  are  firmly  established. 

Another  method  of  growing  small  pyramid  trees 
(that  is,  from  seven  to  eight  feet  high)  in  soils  naturally 
bad,  can  be  employed  with  perfectly  good  results,  and 
makes  the  fruit-tree  amateur  independent  of  soil.  Plant 
the  trees  in  large  pots,  No.  6  or  No.  4,  which  have  been 
perforated  at  the  sides  (this  will  be  done  by  the  potter 

L 


146  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

if  so  ordered),  and  pot  the  trees  with  soil  prepared  for 
them.  When  planted,  fill  in  a  space  of  one  foot  or 
more  round  the  outside  of  the  pot  for  the  roots  to  feed 
on  when  the  soil  of  the  pot  is  exhausted  ;  every  autumn 
clear  away  this  and  fill  in  with  fresh  soil,  increasing 
the  bulk,  at  the  same  time  cut  off  every  root  close  to 
the  pot  that  has  passed  outside ;  this  is  another  form  of 
root-pruning,  but  it  provides  an  absolute  independence 
of  soil.  The  trees  will  not  make  a  strong  growth,  but 
they  will  be  fruitful  and  will  require  little  or  no  pruning ; 
stout  boxes,  with  holes  or  chinks  for  the  emission  of 
roots,  will  answer,  but  they  are  not  of  course  so  durable 
as  the  pots. 


PROPER   DISTANCES   FOR  PLANTING  PYRA- 
MIDAL AND   OTHER   FRUIT  TREES 

Pyramidal  pear  trees  and  bushes  on  quince  stocks  to 
be  cultivated  as  root-pruned  trees  for  small  gardens, 
four  feet  apart. 

The  same,  in  larger  gardens,  not  root-pruned,  six 
feet  apart. 

Pyramidal  pear  trees  on  the  pear  stock,  root-pruned, 
six  feet  apart. 

The  same,  roots  not  pruned,  eight  or  ten  feet—  the 
latter  if  the  soil  be  very  rich. 

Horizontal  espalier  pear  trees  on  the  quince  stock, 
for  rails  or  walls,  ten  feet  apart. 

Upright  espaliers  on  the  quince  stock,  for  rails  or 
walls,  four  to  six  feet  apart. 


DISTANCES  FOE  PLANTING-  PYRAMID  FRUIT  TREES     147 

Horizontal  espaliers  on  the  pear  stock,  for  rails  or 
walls,  twenty  feet  apart. 

Pyramidal  plum  trees,  six  feet  apart. 

Espalier  plum  trees,  twenty  feet  apart. 

Pyramidal  and  bush  apple  trees  on  the  Paradise  stock, 
root-pruned,  for  small  gardens,  three  to  four  feet  apart 

The  same,  roots  not  pruned,  six  feet  apart. 

Espalier  apple  trees  on  the  Paradise  stock,  fifteen 
feet  apart. 

The  same  on  the  crab  stock,  twenty  feet  apart. 

Peaches  and  nectarines,  for  walls,  fifteen  to  twenty 
feet  apart. 

Apricots  for  walls,  twenty  feet  apart. 

Apricots,  plums,  cherries,  and  apples,  as  single 
diagonal  cordons,  eighteen  inches  to  two  feet  apart. 

Cherries,  as  bushes  and  pyramids  on  the  Mahaleb 
stock,  root-pruned,  for  small  gardens,  four  feet  apart. 

The  same,  roots  not  pruned,  six  feet  apart. 

Pyramidal  cherries,  on  the  common  cherry  stock, 
six  feet  apart. 

Espalier  cherry  trees,  for  rails  or  walls,  fifteen  to 
twenty  feet  apart. 

Vertical  or  diagonal  single  cordons  of  apples  and 
pears,  eighteen  inches  to  two  feet  apart. 

Proper  distances  for  trees  against  dwarf  walls,  an- 
nually or  biennially  removed  (see  pp.  39  to  42)  are  for — 

Pears  on  quince  stocks,  five  feet  apart. 

Peaches, nectarines,  apricots,  and  plums,  five  feet  apart. 

Cherries  and  apples,  five  feet  apart. 


148  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 


MINIATUEE  FRUIT  GARDEN  CALENDAR 


January. — In  mild  weather,  planting,  root-pruning, 
lifting,  and  replanting  may  be  carried  on.  Some  soils 
encourage  the  growth  of  moss  on  the  branches  of  trees  ; 
lime  may  be  sprinkled  on  them,  or  they  may  be  painted 
with  lime  and  soot  formed  into  a  thin  paint  with  water. 

February. — If  the  weather  be  mild,  trees  may  still 
be  planted  without  fear ;  the  truth  is,  the  modern 
system  of  growing  fruit  trees  on  dwarfing  stocks,  and 
removing  them  occasionally,  makes  them  safe  to  plant 
very  late  or  very  early. 

March. — Towards  the  middle  of  the  month  protect- 
ing to  retard  the  blossom-buds  is  good  practice. 
Planting  of  prepared  or  oft-removed  trees  may  still 
be  safely  practised. 

April. — Protecting  should  still  be  attended  to. 

Planting  of  pears  on  quince  stocks  with  the  buds 
on  the  point  of  expansion  (see  p.  61)  may  be  tried  as 
an  experiment ;  here  they  often  bear  the  finest  fruit. 

June. — Summer  pinching  must  be  strictly  attended 
to;  the   young   fruit   in  clusters   should   be    thinned, 


MINIATUEE  FEUIT  GAEDEN  CALENDAE    149 

removing   from    pears    and    apples    about    half    their 
number. 

July. — The  very  early  kind  of  pears  should  be 
gathered  before  they  are  quite  ripe. 

August. — Early  ripening  pears — viz.,  sorts  that  ripen 
in  September — may  be  gathered,  unless  the  season  be 
late. 

September. — Shortening  the  shoots  may  be  done ; 
gathering  of  early  pears  before  fully  ripe  to  be  attended 
to.  Towards  the  end  gather  apples  and  pears  that 
ripen  before  Christmas. 

October. — Towards  the  middle  of  the  month  planting 
may  be  commenced ;  and  if  the  rain  has  penetrated 
sufficiently,  root-pruning  may  be  done ;  also  lifting  and 
replanting  (see  p.  14).  About  the  middle  gather  late 
pears. 

November. — Planting,  root-pruning,  lifting,  and  re- 
planting may  still  be  safely  carried  on. 

December. — All  the  operations  of  last  month  may 
still  be  practised  if  they  have  been  forgotten  or 
neglected. 

Always  bear  in  mind  that  a  vigorous-growing  tree 
that  does  not  bear  fruit  requires  being  lifted  and 
replanted — even  annually — till  it  becomes  fruitful,  and 
that  a  tree  that  bears  well  and  makes  annual  shoots 
under  twelve  inches  in  length,  requires  neither  root- 
pruning  nor  removal,  but  merely  summer  pinching  of 
its  shoots  to  about  half  their  length. 

The  following  extract  from  a  letter  is  interesting,  as 


150  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

an  indication  or  the  sorts  of  pears  which  succeed  at 
Jedburgh : — 

'  And  now  for  some  account  of  your  pears ;  I  pro- 
cured a  maiden  plant  of  Beurre  d'Amanlis,  which,  in 
1875,  growing  in  the  midst  of  my  seedling  fir  beds,  had 
reached  the  height  of  eight  feet.  This  bush,  seven  and 
a  half  feet  in  diameter,  produced  820  pears,  which 
weighed  ten  stone  seven  pounds ;  very  fine  fruit. 

'  You  published  some  years  since  a  note  specifying 
the  success  of  Beurre  Hardy  pear  at  Kelso ;  a  year 
before  the  specimens  were  sent  to  you,  I  grafted  a  plant, 
filling  a  portion  of  a  low  wall,  only  seven  feet  high  by 
sixteen  feet  in  length  ;  in  1875  my  grafts  of  the  Beurre 
Hardy  produced  500  large  pears,  weighing  eight  stone. 
From  Conseiller  de  la  Cour  I  have  had  crops  of  most 
delicious  fruit.     It  is  really  a  grand  pear.' 

Canker. — In  a  lecture  delivered  at  Birmingham  by 
Mr.  Edmund  Tonks,  he  proposes  the  following  ingre- 
dients as  an  effective  application  for  the  cure  of  this 
disease : 

lbs. 

Superphosphate  of  lime  .  .  .35 

Nitrate  of  potash           .  .  .  .21 

Nitrate  of  soda     .          .  .  .  .28 

Sulphate  of  lime  .          .  .  .  .28 

in  the  proportion  of  a  quarter  of  a  pound  to  the  square 
yard  applied  in  the  autumn  and  spring.  To  my  know- 
ledge this  dressing  has  had  an  extraordinary  effect  in 
some  cases,  and  has  restored  diseased  trees  to  good  health. 


APPENDIX   I 


THE   GROUND  VINERY 

The  '  Curate's  Vinery,'  described  in  the  tenth  edition, 
was  contrived  by  Dr.  S.  Newington,  of  Ticehurst,  and 
consisted  of  a  ridge  of  glass  placed  over  a  furrow  lined 
with  slates,  so  that  the  bunches  of  grapes  were  suspended 
in  the  furrow,  and  in  warm  seasons  ripened  well.  One 
objection  to  the  furrow  was  its  liability  to  be  filled  with 
water  in  wet  weather,  in  low  situations  and  heavy  soils. 
I  therefore  sought  to  remedy  this,  and  one  day,  about 
the  end  of  June,  1860,  I  found  myself  looking  into  my 
original  '  Curate's  Vinery,'  and  admiring  the  vines  then 
in  blossom,  although  those  within  a  few  yards  of  it 
growing  in  the  opeu  air  were  scarcely  in  full  leaf.  I 
pictured  to  myself  the  bunches  of  grapes  suspended 
from  the  vines  in  the  warm,  moist  atmosphere  of  the 
trench  lined  with  slates.  My  thoughts  then  reverted  to 
my  boyish,  grape-loving  days,  when  in  an  old  vineyard, 
planted  by  my  grandfather,  I  always  looked  for  some 
ripe  grapes  about  the  end  of  September ;  and  I  vividly 
remembered    that  I  always  found  the  best  and  ripest 


154  THE   MINIATURE   ERUIT   GARDEN 

bunches  with  the  largest  berries  lying  on  the  ground, 
and  if  the  season  were  dry  and  warm,  they  were  free 
from  dirt  and  delicious,  and  so  I  gradually  travelled  in 
thought  from  bunches  of  grapes  lying  on  the  ground  to 
the  same  lying  on  slates. 

The  idea  was  new,  and  I  commenced  at  once  to  put 
it  into  practice  by  building  a  '  Curate's  Vinery '  on  a 
new  plan. 

I  therefore  placed  two  rows  of  bricks  endwise 
(leaving  four  inches  between  each  brick  for  ventilation) 
on  a  nice  level  piece  of  sandy  ground,  and  then  paved 
between  them  with  large  slates  ('  duchesses ')  placed 
crosswise.  I  am,  however,  inclined  to  think  that  tiles 
may  be  preferable  to  slates ;  absorption  of  heat  is 
greater  and  radiation  slower.  On  the  bricks  I  placed 
two  of  the  ridges  of  glass,  as  given  in  the  foregoing 
figure,  each  seven  feet  long,  and  thus  formed  my 
vinery,  fourteen  feet  in  length.  The  vine  lies  in  the 
centre  of  the  vinery,  and  is  pegged  down  through  the 
spaces  between  the  slates.  One  vine  will  in  the  course 
of  two  years  fill  a  vinery  of  this  length ;  but  to  reap 
the  fruits  of  my  project  quickly,  I  planted  two  vines, 
one  in  the  centre,  the  other  at  the  north-east  end — for 
these  structures  should  stand  north-east  and  south-west. 
One  of  these  vines,  which  had  been  growing  in  a  pot  in 
the  open  air,  was  just  beginning  to  show  its  fruit-buds 
— it  was  quite  the  last  of  June — its  fruit  ripened  early 
in  October,  and  were  fully  coloured  and  good  in  spite 
of    the    cloudy   cold    autumn.     My   black    Hamburgh 


APPENDIX  155 

grapes  in  my  ground  vineries  were  fully  ripe  by  the 
first  week  in  October.  I  therefore  feel  well  assured 
that  grapes  lying  on  a  floor  of  slates  such  as  I  have 
described  will  ripen  from  two  to  three  weeks  earlier 
than  in  vineries  of  this  description  with  a  furrow,  and 
as  early  as  grapes  in  a  common  cold  vinery.  Black 
Hamburghs,  and  other  kinds  of  grapes  not  requiring 
fire  heat,  may  thus  be  grown  in  any  small  garden  at  a 
trifling  expense.  I  am,  indeed,  disposed  to  hope  that 
the  Frontignans,  and  nearly  all  but  the  Muscats,  may 
be  ripened  by  this  method,  so  intense  is  the  heat  of  the 
slated  floor  on  a  sunny  day  in  July. 

Some  persons  may  think  that  the  heat  would  be 
scorching,  and  that  the  leaves  and  grapes  would  alike 
become  frizzled  ;  but  few  gardeners  know  the  extreme 
heat  a  bunch  of  grapes  can  bear.  I  remember  a  lady 
friend,  who  had  resided  some  time  at  Smyrna,  telling 
me  that  one  afternoon  at  the  end  of  the  summer,  when 
the  grapes  were  ripening,  she  was  sitting  in  her 
drawing-room  and  admiring  some  large  bunches  of 
grapes  hanging  on  a  vine  which  was  growing  against  a 
wall  in  the  full  sunshine.  Knowing  the  danger  of  going 
into  the  open  air  without  a  parasol,  she  rushed  out, 
cut  a  bunch  of  grapes,  and  returned  to  her  seat  in  the 
shady  room.  The  bunch  of  grapes  was  so  hot  that  she 
was  obliged  to  shift  it  from  hand  to  hand.  I  observed 
in  the  hot  weather  we  had  in  July,  1859,  one  or  two 
branches  of  Muscat  grapes  nearly  touching  the  chimney 
of  a  stove  in  which  a  fire  was  kept  up  every  morning, 


156  THE  MINIATURE   FRUIT  GARDEN 

gradually  turning  into  raisins.  I  felt  some  of  them 
when  the  sun  was  shining  on  them ;  they  were  not 
burning  hot,  but  next  to  it.  I  allowed  them  to  dry 
into  raisins,  and  very  fine  they  were,  but  not  better 
than  the  finest  imported  from  Spain. 

With  respect  to  the  superior  ripening  power  of 
slates  or  tiles  placed  on  the  surface  of  the  earth,  I  was 
much  interested  in  once  hearing  a  travelled  friend  say 
that  when  he  was  at  Paros,  he  observed  many  vines 
trained  up  the  marble  rocks  peculiar  to  the  island ; 
and  in  all  cases  the  grapes  lying  on  the  surface,  which 
was  almost  a  continuous  mass  of  rock,  were  ripe,  while 
those  a  few  feet  from  it,  on  the  same  vine,  some  of  the 
branches  of  which  were  trained  up  the  wall-like  rocks, 
were  quite  green.  In  telling  me  this,  he  said  he  was 
never  more  impressed  with  the  ripening  power  of  the 
earth's  surface. 

I  have,  in  giving  the  figure  and  description  of  the 
ground  vinery,  adapted  for  one  vine,  the  width  of  it 
being  2  feet  6  inches  only.  If  this  width  be  increased 
to  3  feet  6  inches,  two  vines  can  be  trained  under  the 
same  roof  14  inches  apart,  and  thus  at  a  trifling  ad- 
ditional cost  double  produce  can  be  obtained. 

Cultivators  will  think  of  red  spider  making  his 
home  in  such  (for  him)  a  happy,  hot  place;  but  he 
may  be  made  so  uncomfortable  by  keeping  flowers  of 
sulphur  strewed  over  the  slates  till  near  the  ripening 
season,  that  no  inconvenience  need  be  apprehended. 
It  will  be  perceived  that  the  ventilation  is  all  lateral, 


APPENDIX  157 

and  on  the  same  principle  as  that  of  my  orchard- 
houses;  nothing  can  be  more  perfect.  In  the  figure 
it  will  be  seen  I  have  left  a  small  aperture  under  the 
apex  of  the  roof  for  the  escape  of  rarefied  air.  In  very- 
hot  weather  this  may  be  useful,  but  in  my  slate-floored 
ground  vineries  I  have  not  done  this,  and  yet  the 
ventilation  is  perfect.  I  have  not  yet  ascertained  in 
what  manner  the  heated  air  escapes.  The  ventilating 
apertures  are  all  on  the  surface  of  the  soil,  and  at  the 
same  level ;  but  I  suppose  it  stoops  to  get  out,  having 
no  other  mode  of  egress. 

DIMENSIONS   OF   GROUND   VINERIES 

No.  1,/or  a  single  vine  in  centre 

Width  at  base  .....  30  inches. 
Slope  of  roof  .  .  .  .  .20  inches. 
Depth  in  centre  .         .         .         .16  inches. 

No.  2,  for  two  vines  14  inches  apart 

Width  at  base  .....  42  inches. 
Slope  of  roof      .         .         .  .         .28  inches. 

Depth  in  centre  .  .         .         .20  inches. 

These  dimensions  need  not  be  arbitrary,  for  ground 
vineries  of  larger  dimensions  may  be  made  with  every 
chance  of  success,  and  Hamburgh  grapes  grown  in 
Bedfordshire  instead  of  cucumbers ;  for  no  part  of 
England  can  be  more  favourable  to  grape  culture 
than  the   fertile,  sandy  districts  of  a  portion  of  that 


158  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

county.  We  have  heard  of  forty  acres  of  cucumbers 
being  grown  for  pickling,  and  one  day  we  may  hear 
of  forty  acres  of  grapes  in  ground  vineries  in  some 
favourable  locality.  To  form  a  vinery  (p.  152,  fig.  22), 
described  above  as  No.  1,  two  seven-feet  lengths  are 
required ;  these  I  find  from  experience  are  better  made 
of  wood  than  iron,  which  is  heavy  and  expensive  ;  they 
are  now  made  three  feet  wide  at  base.  Their  size  may 
also  be  increased  to  3  feet  6  inches,  as  described  under 
No.  2,  but  they  must  then  be  placed  on  a  wall  two 
bricks  in  height,  leaving  apertures,  four  or  five  inches 
wide  and  six  inches  deep,  for  ventilation  ;  this  increase 
of  ventilation  is  absolutely  necessary  with  No.  2.  The 
glass  used  should  be  21-oz.,as  16-oz.  is  too  slight.  As 
the  vines  in  ground  vineries  often  put  forth  their  young 
shoots  early  in  May,  and  are  apt  to  be  injured  by  a 
severe  May  frost,  it  is  good  practice  to  keep  some  refuse 
ha}'  strewed  over  the  glass  when  there  is  any  chance 
of  frost  in  that  month,  or  to  cover  the  ridges  with 
mats. 

In  gardens  where  these  glass  ridge  roofs  are  not 
wanted  for  vines,  or  fruit-tree  culture,  they  will  be 
found  most  useful.  They  may  be  placed  on  any  warm 
border  on  bricks ;  and  early  peas,  French  beans,  and 
many  other  early  vegetables  requiring  protection  from 
spring  frosts,  be  grown  under  them  with  advantage. 
For  the  cultivation  of  the  early  strawberries  they  are 
invaluable,  as  they  not  only  hasten  the  ripening  period, 
but  protect  the  fruit  from  heavy  summer  showers,  often 


APPENDIX  159 

so  injurious  to  the  crop,  and  also  from  birds.  Straw- 
berry plants,  to  be  cultivated  in  ground  vineries,  should 
be  planted  early  in  autumn  in  narrow  beds  of  two  or 
three  rows,  the  plants  close  together  in  the  rows,  so  as 
to  take  full  advantage  of  the  glass-covered  space.  The 
rows  should  be  9  inches  apart,  and  the  plants  in  the 
row  the  same  distance  from  each  other ;  the  beds  should 
be  made  every  season  on  a  fresh  piece  of  rich  soil ;  and 
as  much  fruit  as  can  possibly  be  grown  in  such  a  limited 
space  must  be  the  aim  of  the  cultivator.  If  the  ridges 
are  devoted  to  strawberries  only,  much  care  is  required 
in  their  culture,  the  runners  should  be  carefully  removed, 
and  the  glass  ridges  taken  off  after  the  fruit  is  gathered, 
and  not  replaced  till  November  ;  the  plants  will  require 
water  and  surface  manure  during  the  summer.  In  all 
cases  the  ridges  should  be  placed  on  bricks,  with  spaces 
between  them.  Ventilation  is  then  secured  ;  and  even 
cauliflower  plants  in  winter  will  do  well  without  the 
constant  attention  to  '  giving  air,'  so  necessary  in  the 
old  garden  frame  culture.  Lettuces,  for  early  salads, 
succeed  admirably  in  these  structures ;  they  should  be 
planted  in  October.  In  gardens  that  are  confined  and 
very  warm,  I  repeat  it  may  be  necessary  to  have  a  small 
opening  left  at  the  top,  at  a  in  the  figure,  just  under 
the  ridge,  to  let  oat  the  heated  air,  and  two  rows  of 
bricks  instead  of  one ;  but  my  vineries  stand  in  a  very 
exposed  place,  and  do  not  require  it. 

On  p.  153  I  have  given  a  diagram  of  a  new  plan 
of  ground  vineries;  it  is  exceedingly  simple;  gas-piping 


160  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

and  a  few  oak  posts  support  the  lights,  which  are  hooked 
on,  and  can  be  taken  off  and  stored  when  not  required. 
The  same  principle,  i.e.  the  gas-piping  and  the  lights 
with  hooks,  will  make  a  very  cheap  and  efficient  glass 
coping  for  walls. 


PLANTING   AND   PRUNING   VINES 
FROM   POTS 

The  most  preferable  seasons  for  planting  vines  from 
pots  are  in  October  and  November  or  in  March,  the 
latter  to  be  preferred,  and  if  vines  can  be  placed  in  a 
cold  vinery  or  under  a  garden  frame  till  their  young 
shoots  are  two  inches  long,  they  had  better  be  planted 
in  April,  as  they  seem  to  start  with  greater  freedom 
when  their  young  shoots  have  commenced  to  grow.  The 
mode  of  planting  as  practised  here  is  simply  to  mark 
out  a  piece  of  ground  3  feet  square  at  the  end  of 
fig.  22,  and  to  dig  it  2  feet  deep,  mixing  with  the  soil, 
in  digging,  a  coat  of  manure  from  four  to  five  inches 
thick,  placed  on  the  surface  before  digging ;  the  vine 
should  not  be  planted  under  the  glass,  but  outside,  at 
one  end ;  it  should  at  once  be  pegged  down  with  two  or 
three  hooked  pegs  thrust  into  the  earth  through  the 
interstices  between  the  slates  in  the  centre  of  the  floor. 
If  vines  from  the  open  ground  are  selected,  they  should 
be  planted  early  in  March,  and  cut  down  to  two  eyes  ; 
if  strong  vines  from  pots  are  planted,  they  should  have 


APPENDIX  161 

their  roots  carefully  divided  and  spread  out ;  to  do  this 
the  ball  of  earth  should  be  squeezed  between  the  hands 
so  as  to  loosen  it  thoroughly,  and  after  planting,  water 
should  be  given,  the  earth  filled  in,  and  after  about  ten 
days  the  soil  round  the  vine  should  be  trodden  firmly. 
The  vine  from  a  pot,  if  strong  and  from  seven  to  nine  feet 
in  length,  should  be  shortened  down  to  three  feet,  or,  say, 
to  eleven  or  twelve  buds,  not  counting  the  buds  within 
nine  inches  of  the  ground ;  every  bud  will  show  a  bunch  of 
fruit ;  all  but  three  or  four  bunches  should  be  removed, 
and  every  side  shoot  except  one  should  be  shortened  as 
soon  as  it  has  made,  say,  five  leaves  :  the  one  to  be  ex- 
cepted is  the  leading  shoot,  which,  if  the  vine  is  growing 
tolerably  well,  may  be  suffered,  even  the  first  season,  to 
grow  from  four  to  five  feet  before  it  is  stopped  :  this  leader 
may  require  being  stopped  a  second  time  the  first  season 
if  it  is  in  a  vigorous  state.     In  the  autumn  (mind  this 
is  the  first  season)  the  young  leading  shoot  may  be  cut 
down  to  about  twelve  eyes,  or  within  three  feet  of  the 
old  wood,  i.e.  the  shoot  left  on  the  vine  when  planted ; 
the  latter  will  be  furnished  with  spurs,  and  each  of  these 
must  be  shortened  in  the  autumn  to  two  eyes  ;  the  time 
for  pruning  is  towards  the  end  of  October.     After  the 
fruit  is  gathered,  and  at  this  time  only,  the  ridges  may 
be  removed  from  the  vine,  and  remain  off  for  a  fort- 
night.   The  pruning  in  succeeding  years  is  very  simple ; 
you  have  merely  to  shorten  the  leader  to  three  or  four 
feet,  or  less,  and  the  spurs  to  two  eyes,  annually  in 
October. 

M 


162  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

During  the  winter,  if  the  vineries  are  standing  in 
an  exposed  situation,  they  should  be  secured  from  the 
wind  by  driving  a  few  stakes  down  on  each  side. 

In  spring,  if  the  vines  put  forth  their  young  shoots 
in  April,  they  are  apt  to  be  killed  by  a  spring  frost,  as 
is  too  often  the  case  with  the  vines  of  France ;  this  can, 
however,  be  easily  averted  in  ground  vineries,  either  by 
keeping  constantly  a  covering  of  hay  or  straw  on  the 
glass  when  the  weather  is  cold,  and  frost  likely,  or  by 
covering  the  ridges  with  the  small  mats  which  are  ao 
convenient  and  so  cheap,  whenever  the  thermometer 
declines  to  40°  at  7  p.m. 

There  are  still  more  ills  to  guard  against  in  ground 
vinery  culture,  for  mice  and  birds,  as  rats  often  do  in 
common  vineries,  attempt  to  have  too  large  a  share  of 
the  fruit;  they  enter  by  the  interstices  between  the 
bricks  and  devour  and  spoil  many  bunches ;  thrushes 
are  particularly  vigilant  in  looking  after  grapes,  and 
may  be  trapped  ;  but  both  they  and  the  mice  may  be 
kept  out  by  galvanised  iron  netting  six  inches  wide, 
placed  along  the  whole  length  of  the  vineries. 

I  have  but  little  to  add  to  my  description  of  the 
management  of  ground  vineries  :  their  uses  are  endless, 
for  not  only  are  the  finest  of  pears  grown  in  them,  but 
peaches,  apricots,  plums,  and  strawberries  may  be  culti- 
vated with  great  success ;  and  then  as  winter  quarters 
for  bedding  plants  they  are  excellent.  For  this  pur- 
pose the  bricks  should  be  removed  in  severe  weather, 
and  the  glass  ridges  thickly  covered  with  straw ;  they 


APPENDIX  163 

are  then  perfectly  frost-proof;  in  mild  weather  in 
winter  the  ventilating  bricks  may  be  replaced,  and  the 
straw  removed  till  frost  again  occurs. 

With  respect  to  the  most  preferable  dimensions  for 
these  structures — the  size  No.  1,  thirty  inches  wide  at 
base,  will  suffice  for  one  vine  in  the  centre  for  ten  years 
or  so;  but  as  I  perceive  my  old  vines  to  be  a  little 
straitened  for  room,  I  advise  a  width  of  three  feet 
at  the  base,  and  No.  2,  for  two  vines  or  two  cordons, 
of  three  feet  ten  inches,  instead  of  three  feet  six 
inches. 

In  these  more  roomy  structures  the  vines  may  be 
trained  to  stout  galvanised  iron  wires,  supported  with 
iron  rods  flattened  at  top  and  perforated,  so  that  the 
wire  passes  easily  through ;  these  wires  should  be  about 
one  foot  from  the  surface  of  the  slates,  and  the  suspended 
bunches,  partially  resting  on  them,  will  ripen  admirably. 
I  ought  to  add,  that  a  friend  with  much  gardening 
experience  finds  his  strawberries  ripen  ten  days  earlier 
than  those  in  the  open  air,  and  his  melons,  planted  on 
new,  fresh,  fermenting  manure,  in  a  trench,  are  free 
from  red  spider,  and  produce  fine  fruit.  It  is  the  con- 
stant ventilation,  night  and  day,  and  the  heavy  dew, 
the  result  of  arrested  radiation,  that  seems  to  baffle  this 
tiresome  plague ;  for  although  my  vines  are  never 
watered  or  syringed,  they  are  always  vigorous  and  free 
from  red  spider.  The  most  eligible  varieties  of  grapes 
for  ground  vineries  are,  the  Black  Hamburgh,  Buckland 
Sweetwater,    Royal   Muscadine,    Early  Smyrna    Fron- 

M  2 


164  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

tignan,  Trentham   Black,  Early   Saumur    Frontignan, 
and  Esperione. 

Any  suburban  garden  ten  yards  square,  if  in  a  sunny 
situation,  may  have  one  or  two  of  these  vineries,  and 
the  owner  or  occupier  may  grow  his  own  black  Ham- 
burgh grapes,  known  by  most  of  the  Londoners  as  '  hot- 
house grapes.'  I  ought  to  mention  that  the  improved 
ground  vinery,  with  gas-pipe  ridge,  so  that  the  side 
opens  and  gives  access  to  the  interior,  is  the  best  of  all. 


COEDON   TRAINING 


By  T.  Francis  Rivebs.     Extracted,  by  permission,  from  the 
'  Journal  of  Horticulture,'  Nos.  356-57,  1868. 

The  introduction  of  the  system  of  training  fruit  trees, 
called  by  the  French  cordon  training,  leads  me  to  sup- 
pose that  a  few  outlines  of  description  may  not  be 
unacceptable.  This  system  of  training  is  remarkable 
for  simplicity,  and  I  propose  to  give  the  necessary 
directions  in  as  few  words  as  possible. 

The  preparation  of  the  ground  is  so  well  understood 
that  it  is  not  necessary  to  say  much  on  this  point.  To 
form  the  oblique  cordon  orchard,  a  trench  should  be  dug, 
about  two  feet  wide,  the  first  ^spit  of  soil  being  thrown 
out  as  if  for  a  celery  trench  ;  the  under  spit  should  then 
be  broken  up  and  left  with  the  top  soil,  a  good  propor- 
tion of  well  decomposed  manure  must  be  mixed,  and 


166  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

the  ground  is  ready  for  planting.  The  trench  should, 
if  possible,  be  made  a  fortnight  before  planting,  in 
order  that  the  soil  may  be  thoroughly  pulverised.  If 
there  is  any  deficiency  of  lime  in  the  soil,  it  is  as  well 
to  add  lime  rubbish  or  chalk.  For  horizontal  double 
cordons  a  trench  is  not  necessary ;  holes  should  be  dug 
about  two  feet  in  diameter,  and  the  soil  mixed  with 
good  compost.  The  double-cordon  trees  should  be  from 
twelve  to  fifteen  feet  apart ;  the  horizontal  single  cor- 
dons six  to  eight  feet. 

Fig.  24  represents  a  double  horizontal  cordon.  This 
may  be  made  by  cutting  down  a  dwarf  maiden  tree  to 
within  four  or  six  buds  of  the  base,  the  two  topmost 
buds  of  which  must  be  selected  to  form  the  cordons. 
The  highest  on  the  stem  are  the  most  eligible  ;  but  the 
operator  can,  of  course,  select  the  two  shoots  which  are 
most  convenient  for  his  training  wire,  and  they  should 
be  as  nearly  as  possible  opposite.  When  sufficiently 
advanced  in  growth  to  be  flexible,  they  should  be  care- 
fully bent  down  and  fastened  to  short  sticks,  unless  the 
training  wires  are  used.  As  the  whole  energies  of  the 
tree  are  directed  into  these  shoots,  they  will  make  rapid 
growth,  and  as  they  advance  fresh  sticks  and  fresh 
tying  will  be  necessary.  As  any  lateral  or  upright 
shoots  are  put  forth  they  must  be  stopped  at  three  or 
four  leaves  from  their  bases.  The  first  year  few  of 
these  will  be  made,  but  the  tree  will  most  probably,  if 
there  is  a  favourable  growth,  be  studded  with  fruit  buds. 
In  November,  or,  indeed,  any  month  from  November  to 


168  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

March,  the  tips  of  the  main  shoots  should  be  shortened 
three  or  four  buds  from  the  ends,  and,  unless  a  few- 
lateral  shoots  have  been  left,  which  should  be  removed, 
the  pruning  for  the  second  year  will  be  accomplished. 

The  second  year  each  cordon  or  branch  will  produce 
many  lateral  shoots,  and  as  these  are  successively  pro- 
duced they  should  be  pinched.  The  first  pinching  must 
be  done  when  the  shoot  has  formed  five  or  six  leaves, 
and,  as  a  general  rule,  three  leaves  from  the  leaflets 
should  be  the  stopping  point.  This  primary  shoot  will 
form  the  bloom  buds,  and  the  shoot  made  from  the  ter- 
minal bud  must  be  stopped  in  the  same  manner  as 
the  first.  Discontinue  pinching  after  June.  By  this 
time  the  cordon  will  be  thickly  studded  with  wood  and 
fruit  spurs ;  to  thin  out  and  regulate  these  will  form  a 
pleasant  winter  morning's  work ;  the  final  pruning 
must  therefore  be  deferred  until  October  or  November. 

The  tree  after  the  second  year  will  assume  the 
appearance  of  a  cordon — i.e.  a  thick  rope  of  closely 
studded  shoots,  and  the  pruning  must  be  left  to  the 
judgment  of  the  operator.  Many  shoots  must  be  re- 
moved ;  and  as  the  size  and  strength  of  the  tree  must 
regulate  the  number  of  fruit-bearing  spurs,  a  sufficient 
number  of  these  being  left,  the  operator  should  prune 
all  others  to  wood-buds,  in  order  to  produce,  year  by 
year,  an  alternate  succession  of  fruit-bearing  wood. 

Fig.  25  is  a  half-standard  double  horizontal  cordon. 
This  is  very  useful  for  low  walls  in  gardens ;  where 
the  border  is  occupied  by  flowers  or  other  plants,  the 


APPENDIX  169 

part  of  the  wall  exposed  to  the  sun  may  thus  be  used. 
A  standard  cordon  with  a  stem  six  feet  high  may  also 
be  used  for  the  top  of  the  wall,  the  main  surface  being 
occupied  by  other  trees.  A  cordon  fringe,  or  cornice, 
will  be  found  exceedingly  ornamental,  and  may  be 
carried  the  entire  length  of  a  wall,  the  standards  being 
planted  at  intervals  of  twenty  feet  or  more. 

Many  other  forms  of  cordon  training  will,  doubtless, 
be  discovered  as  the  system  becomes  better  known. 

Single  horizontal  cordons  (fig.  26)  require  the 
same  pruning  as  the  double,  but  the  dwarf  maiden  tree 
does  not  absolutely  require  the  cutting-back  necessary 
for  double  cordons.  The  tree  may  be  planted  in  a 
slanting  position  against  the  training  wire,  and  the 
shoot  tied  down.  The  first  year  after  planting,  most 
of  the  buds  will  break  and  produce  shoots ;  these  must 
be  treated  in  the  same  manner  as  the  double  horizontal 
cordons.  If  a  single  cordon  is  required  for  a  special 
height,  the  shoot  should  be  shortened  to  the  height 
required,  and  a  single  horizontal  shoot  selected  to  form 
the  cordon. 

Single  oblique  or  diagonal  cordons  may  be  planted 
to  training  wires  by  the  sides  of  walks,  or  in  rows  in 
the  garden  devoted  to  their  cultivation.  The  space 
given  up  to  them  will  yield  an  ample  and  quick  return 
in  fruit.  They  may  be  planted  1^  ft.  apart,  and  if  the 
cultivator  does  not  object  to  wait  a  year,  dwarf  maiden 
trees  are  the  best  to  plant,  as  they  may  be  bought 
cheaply.     The  trees  should  be  planted  upright,  and  the 


170 


THE   MINIATURE   FKUIT   GAEDEN 


shoots,  which  are  generally  very  flexible,  should  be  bent 
to  an  angle  of  about  45°.     It  is  not  necessary  for  the 


angle  to  be  quite  exact,  but,  as  a  general  rule,  this 
angle  may  be  adopted.  If  the  shoots  are  not  flexible 
enough  to  bend,  plant  the  tree  in  a  slanting  position. 


APPENDIX  171 

The  principle  of  pruning  given  for  double  horizontal 
cordons  must  be  followed  in  the  cultivation  of  single 
oblique  cordons.  They  will  the  first  year  after  planting 
be   found   covered  with  bloom-spurs.     Single  oblique 


Fig.  27. — A  photograph  of  Doyenne  du  Cornice. 

cordons  in  rich  and  fertile  soils  will  probably  require 
root-pruning  as  well  as  spur-pruning,  and,  if  necessary, 
this  should  be  done  every  second  year.  The  tree 
should  not  be  taken  up,  but  the  spade  pushed  down  at 
a  sufficient  distance  from  the  stem  to  avoid  injury  to 


172  THE   MINIATURE    FRUIT   GARDEN 

the  main  roots,  and  the  tree  gently  heaved.  If  a  tap 
root  has  been  made  it  should  be  cut.  The  proper  time 
to  perform  this  operation  is  near  the  end  of  October 
and  any  time  afterwards  to  the  middle  or  end  of 
February;  but  it  is  better  done  in  October  and 
November,  as  many  fresh  roots  will  be  formed  after  the 
operation,  even  during  what  are  called  the  dead  months 
of  the  year. 

Single  oblique  cordons  may  be  carried  to  the  height 
of  ten  or  twelve  feet ;  in  fact,  there  is  no  limit,  except 
the  will  of  the  planter.  A  fresh  string  of  wire  may 
be  added  annually  as  the  cordons  increase  in  length. 
They  may  also  be  limited  to  the  height  of  four  or  five 
feet. 

Fig.  27  is  from  a  photograph  of  an  upright-trained 
tree,  with  five  vertical  cordons  springing  from  a  common 
base.  Trees  may  be  purchased  already  trained  in  this 
form,  but  the  double  horizontal  cordon  may  at  pleasure 
be  changed  into  this  form  by  selecting  strong  shoots 
at  regular  intervals,  fastening  them  to  stout  stakes, 
and  summer  pinching  them  as  practised  for  oblique 
cordons. 

Fig.  28  is  a  fan  cordon,  and  the  advantage  of  the 
simple  method  of  summer  pinching  will  at  once  be  seen. 
Instead  of  a  wall  being  perforated  all  over  with  nails 
few  only  are  required  to  fasten  the  shoots  selected  for 
cordons.  This  form  may  consist  of  five,  seven,  or  more 
cordon  branches.  The  symmetry  of  the  tree  should  be 
the  point  most  strictly  attended  to,  a  symmetrical  tree 


APPENDIX 


173 


Fxg. 28 


174  THE   MINIATUKE   FKUIT   GARDEN 

being  more  pleasing  to  the  eye  than  one  irregularly- 
shaped.  The  same  method  of  pruning  is  required  as 
for  oblique  cordons. 

Fan  cordons  can  be  managed  by  an  unscientific 
gardener,  but  to  produce  one  well-shaped  on  the  usual 
plan  requires  a  skilful  and  practised  hand.  It  is  pos- 
sible that  in  the  northern  and  westerly  districts  peach 
and  nectarine  trees  will  produce  too  many  unripened 
spurs,  but  probably  by  attention  and  strict  thinning 
this  difficulty  will  be  surmounted.  It  is  not  yet  suffi- 
ciently known  that  apricot  fan-shaped  trained  trees 
may  be  made,  by  the  most  simple  management  of  cordon 
training,  most  prolific  and  easily  managed  wall  trees. 
The  method  is  this :  as  soon  as  the  tree  has  formed  a 
perfect-shaped  tree,  no  more  shortening  of  shoots  or 
'  laying  in '  of  young  should  be  practised,  but  every 
branch  should  be  made  into  a  cordon  by  summer  pinch- 
ing, i.e.  nipping  off  early  in  June  every  side  shoot  to 
four  or  five  leaves,  leaving  the  end  of  the  cordon  shoot 
untouched  till,  say,  February,  when,  if  it  be  more  than 
30  inches  in  length,  it  may  be  shortened  to  20  or  24 
inches.  Peaches,  nectarines,  and  all  other  kinds  of 
wall  fruits  may  be  grown  after  this  cordon  system,  and 
if  the  walls  be  not  veiy  extensive,  much  room  may  be 
saved  by  adopting  the  five-branched  upright  cordon 
(fig.  27,  p.  171). 

With  peaches  and  nectarines  in  rich  soils  it  may 
be  necessaiy  to  leave  one  shoot  on  each  branch  as  an 
exhauster — an    unpruned   shoot — or   to   lift   the   tree 


APPENDIX  175 

once  in  three  or  four  years.  I  should  add  that  the 
exhauster  should  be  cut  down  in  winter  to  three  or  four 
buds. 

Fig.  29  is  a  double  oblique  cordon,  formed  by 
cutting  down  the  dwarf  tree  to  two  buds,  and  proceed- 
ing as  for  oblique  cordons. 


Fig.  29 

Fig.  30  represents  a  compound  horizontal  cordon. 
This  should  have  a  central  shoot  and  branches  trained 
from  it  as  nearly  opposite  as  possible.  This  system 
has  long  been  used  for  pears  and  apples,  but  not  so 
generally   for   stone   fruits.      It   is   well   adapted    for 


176 


THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 


peaches,  nectarines,  apricots,  cherries,  and  plums. 
All  of  these  may  be  trained  as  compound  horizontal 
cordons  in  the  colder  climate  of  Yorkshire. 


A  very  skilful  cultivator  of  fruit  in  Yorkshire  has 
trained  cordon  peaches  and  nectarines  with  complete 
success,  and  to  counteract  the  tendency  of  these  fruit 
trees   to   produce  much  unripened  wood,  when  under 


APPENDIX  .  177 

cordon  training,  he  leaves  on  every  horizontal  branch 
an  upright  shoot  which  he  calls  an  exhauster.  This 
shoot  forms  an  outlet  for  the  superfluous  energy  of  the 


Fig. 31 

tree ;  and  the  fruit  spurs,  being  deprived  of  the 
superabundance  of  the  vital  fluid,  do  not  break  into 
growth.  This  theory  will  be  found  to  be  very  sound 
practice,  and  should  be  used  wherever  there  is  a  ten- 

N 


178  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT    GARDEN 

dency  on'  the  [part  of  the  tree  to  produce  many  un- 
ripened  spurs.  This  mode  of  training  for  the  pear 
and  apple  is  already  well  known ;  and  when  applied 
to  peach  and  nectarine  trees,  the  only  deviation  from 
established  practice  will  be  to  treat  every  horizontal 
branch  as  a  cordon,  and  to  practise  summer  pinching 
instead  of  allowing  gross  upright  shoots  to  be  made. 

Fig.  31  is  a  single  vertical  cordon  in  a  pot ;  and  if  an 
orchard  house  or  glass  shed  is  available,  these  will  be 
found  very  useful  and  interesting  trees.  Pear,  apple, 
cherry,  and  plum  trees  may  be  potted  into  10-  or  12-inch 
pots,  and  moved  into  a  glass  shed,  or,  indeed,  any  shed 
open  to  the  sun,  while  in  bloom,  and  kept  under 
cover  until  all  danger  from  spring  frost  is  past.  They 
should  then  be  removed  to  a  border  prepared  for  them — 
the  warmer  and  more  sheltered  the  better.  The  pots 
must  be  plunged  to  within  one  or  two  inches  of  the  rim, 
stable  litter  partly  decomposed  and  spread  over  the  pots 
and  the  soil ;  as  the  trees  will  require  watering  they 
should  be  placed  near  water.  One-year-old  dwarf  trees 
may  be  bought  at  a  cheap  rate  and  potted.  The  fruit 
will  be  produced  in  the  second  year  after  potting.  The 
soil  for  the  trees  should  consist  of  good,  strong,  cal- 
careous loam  mixed  with  a  third  of  its  bulk  of  decom- 
posed manure.  An  old  cucumber  or  melon  bed  may  be 
used ;  or,  if  not  convenient,  stable  manure  thrown  up 
and  fermented  for  some  time  will  answer  very  well. 
The  soil  must  in  all  cases  be  made  very  firm  and  solid 
in  the   pot.     The   border   or   bed   for    their    summer 


APPENDIX  179 

quarters  should  be  six  feet  wide ;  this  will  take  four  rows 
of  trees.  This  distance  is  perhaps  the  most  convenient 
for  pruning  and  watering,  but  it  may  be  increased  or 
diminished  at  the  will  of  the  cultivator. 

Under  this  system  trees  which  appear  to  be  walking- 
sticks  in  the  winter  will  become  wonderfully  fertile  ; 
and  if  protection  in  spring  can  be  afforded,  the  crop 
is  almost  certain.  As  it  is  possible  and  probable  that 
during  the  summer  some  of  the  roots  will  have  passed 
through  the  bottom  of  the  pots  into  the  soil  beneath, 
it  will  be  necessary,  after  the  fruit  is  gathered  and  the 
trees  are  at  rest,  to  detach  them  from  their  anchorage 
by  taking  up  the  pots  and  cutting  off  all  the  roots  that 
protrude  through  the  drainage  hole  of  the  pot.  As  this 
operation  will  break  up  the  summer  quarters  of  the 
trees,  there  will  be  no  necessity  to  replace  them  at  the 
distance  requisite  for  their  summer  cultivation.  They 
may  be  much  more  closely  packed  for  their  winter 
quarters,  plunging  them  as  mentioned  before,  and 
during  winter  covering  the  pots  thickly  with  straw  or 
stable  litter.  In  this  position  they  may  be  left  without 
any  further  care  or  attention  until  the  returning  spring 
urges  them  again  into  fresh  activity  and  fruitfulness. 

The  Compound  Trellis.     See  diagram,  p.  180. 

The  end  posts  A  A,  3^  by  5  inches  of  oak,  5  feet 
6  inches  out  of  ground,  and  3  feet  in  ground,  with  blocks 
2  feet  long,  b,  and  brace  C  to  take  the  strain,  with  four 
rows  of  No.  13  galvanised  wire  strained  by  Raidisseurs, 
the  first    14   inches    from    grouud,  and    1    foot   apart. 

v  2 


180 


THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 


-e-p- 


-4/9I-- 


^ 


Etite-j-c 


* 


f      Ui 


F=a 


•,-9>- 


APPENDIX  181 

The  top  No.  7  strand  wire  is  4  inches  from  top,  strained 
by  screw. 

At  each  end  post  a  brace,  3  by  4  inches,  is  fixed,  5  feet 
6  inches  up  and  5  feet  from  post,  with  intermediate  stays 
of  iron,  E,  T3g-  inch  by  1  inch ;  in  these  there  are  six  rows 
of  No.  1 3  wire,  1  foot  apart,  and  strained  the  same  way 
as  the  upright  wires. 

Middle  tier,  H,  of  posts,  7  feet  6  inches  out  of  ground, 
and  3  feet  in  ground  with  stiff  brace,  are  fixed  about  35 
feet  apart,  with  five  rows  of  No.  13  wire,  first  row  1  foot 
4  inches  from  ground,  three  others  1  foot  apart,  and  one 
between  them  and  top  strand,  which  is  No.  7,  and  fixed 
4  feet  from  top  of  post. 

Length  156  feet,  width  16  feet. 

The  plan  of  the  compound  trellis  will,  I  hope,  be 
understood  by  my  readers.  The  two  diagonal  trellises 
D  D  and  the  outer  trellises  A  A  should  be  planted  with 
upright  cordon  trees  (see  fig.  31).  The  centre  trellis  H 
may  be  planted  with  fan-trained  trees,  either  plums  or 
cherries,  or,  in  favourable  climates,  with  peaches,  nec- 
tarines, and  apricots.  Plant  fan-trained  trees  on  the 
centre  trellis,  because  they  may  be  planted  at  some 
distance  apart,  20  feet ;  the  diagonal  and  the  outer  trel- 
lises plant  with  plums,  pears  on  the  quince  stock,  and 
apples  on  the  Paradise  stock. 

The  main  object  of  a  trellis  of  this  kind  is,  of  course, 
to  afford  protection  during  the  spring,  and  this,  I  think, 
may  be  given  in  various  ways.  The  stout  wire  on  the 
top  of  the  posts  is  intended  to  support  either  mats  or 


182  THE   MINIATURE   FEUIT   GARDEN 

canvas  ;  as  the  protection  is  for  a  time  only,  mats  will 
probably  be  the  cheapest.  If  the  protection  is  intended 
to  last  for  some  years,  painted  canvas  will  answer.  As 
protectors  for  the  outer  rows  of  trees,  I  think  straw  mats, 
or  hurdles  covered  with  straw,  will  be  the  most  eco- 
nomical. 

For  market  purposes  I  should  recommend  planting 
Pitmaston  Duchess,  Doyenne  du  Cornice,  Louise  Bonne 
of  Jersey,  Souvenir  du  Congres,  Durondeau,  and  pos- 
sibly other  large  sorts  of  pears ;  with  good  cultivation 
profitable  results  may  be  realised,  the  first  outlay  not 
being  very  considerable. 

The  following  is  an  extract  from  the  Standard : — 
1  The  paper  which  Mr.  Barsley  read  last  evening  at 
the  meeting  of  the  Society  of  Arts  upon  the  cultivation 
of  fruits  is  worthy  of  the  most  serious  attention.  The 
annual  value  of  the  fruits  imported  into  this  country  is 
£6,000,000,  and  of  this  £2,000,000  is  for  apples  and 
other  hardy  fruits  which  we  could  grow  with  advantage 
here.  There  is  no  crop  more  profitable  than  fruits,  and 
apple  and  pear  trees,  if  not  planted  too  closely,  admit  of 
vegetables  being  grown  beneath  them,  so  that  their 
produce  may  be  regarded  as  almost  pure  profit.  And 
yet  only  some  40,000  acres  of  land  are  used  for  market 
gardens  throughout  the  country.  Mr.  Barsley  pointed 
out  that  the  railway  embankments  of  England  repre- 
sent about  200  square  miles,  some  of  which  are  admir- 
ably adapted  for  fruit  culture.  Allowing  only  a  third 
as  suitable,  it  would  yet  double  the  present  area  of 


APPENDIX  183 

orchards.  The  lecturer  urged  that  landowners  could  do 
nothing  more  profitable  than  plant  fruit  trees,  for  these 
Boon  begin  to  pay  a  fair  return  upon  the  outlay,  and 
continue  to  increase  in  value  until  they  attain  a  maxi- 
mum, at  which  they  will  remain  for  many  years.  Fruit  in 
summer  is  at  once  wholesome  and  refreshing,  and  the 
promotion  of  fruit  culture  would  have  a  value  even  as 
a  temperance  measure.  The  large  sums  paid  for  hardy 
fruits,  like  those  paid  for  foreign  eggs  and  fowls,  which 
could  be  equally  well  and  very  profitably  grown  in  this 
country,  are  so  much  absolutely  lost  to  the  country.  The 
subject  is  one  which  we  hope  to  see  further  ventilated 
at  agricultural  and  farmers'  meetings,  for  it  is  one  of 
real  and  national  importance.' 


SEEDLING   PEARS 


I  HAVE  for  many  years  consumed  much  fruitless  time  in 
the  painful  and  tedious  process  of  watching  and  waiting 
for  the  fruits  of  seedling  pears,  whose  fruition  will  con- 
sume a  good  fifteen  years  of  a  man's  life,  hoping  against 
hope,  as  tree  after  tree  was  condemned  to  the  axe  ;  but 
that  my  reward  would  come  in  good  time  I  never 
doubted,  and  my  perseverance  has  been  rewarded  by 
the  success  of  the  '  Conference '  pear,  which  I  submitted 
to  the  severe  and  practical  criticism  of  the  Committee  of 
the  National  Pear  Congress  of  October  1885,  the  name  of 


184  THE   MINIATUKE   FEUIT   GAEDEN 

1  Conference '  being  given  by  the  Committee  as  a 
memento  of  the  meeting,  being  one  of  the  few  seedling 
English  pears  exhibited  at  this  remarkable  gathering- 
It  is  singular  that  it  was  raised  from  the  baking  pear 
'  Leon  le  Clerc  de  Laval,'  a  few  pips  of  which  I  planted  in 
idleness,  my  condemned  seedlings  being  raised  from  pears 
of  the  highest  excellence.  '  Conference  '  is  large  and  of 
excellent  quality,  and  will  always  be  readily  identified 
by  the  peculiar  salmon  colour  of  the  flesh.  I  may  hope 
that  for  a  century  to  come  it  will  be  one  of  the  Standard 
English  pears. 

c  Parrot,'  another  of  my  seedlings,  raised  from  the 
Gansel's  late  Bergamot,  was,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
Committee,  destined  to  become  a  very  popular  pear ;  the 
fruit  is  bergamot-shaped,  of  a  brilliant  colour,  of  fine 
quality,  and  of  excessive  fertility ;  no  other  pear  of  the 
same  class  was  to  be  found  among  the  numerous  exhibits. 

The  Committee  of  the  Pear  Congress  held  at  the 
Eoyal  Horticultural  Society's  Gardens,  Chiswick,  during 
October  1885,  selected  the  following  new  pears  for 
classification  and  introduction  among  the  sorts  already 
well  known  ;  all  are  of  the  highest  quality  for  excellence 
of  flavour,  size,  and  hardiness  ;  they  grow  equally  well  on 
the  pear  or  quince  stock,  and  are  specially  adapted  for 
walls,  pyramids,  bushes,  or  cordons  : — 

Beurre  Giffard  .....  August 
Clapp's  Favourite  ....  August 
Summer  Beurre  d'Aremberg  (Rivers)  .     September 


APPENDIX 


185 


Madame  Treyve 
Beurre  Dumont 
Pitmaston  Duchess    . 
President  d'Osmanville 
Madame  Andre  Leroy 
Conference  (Rivers) 
Emile  d'Heyst  . 
Beurre  d'Anjou 
Marie  Benoist  . 
Beurre  de  Jonghe 
Passe  Crassanne 
Duchesse  de  Bordeaux 
Olivier  de  Serres 
Nouvelle  Fulvie 
L'Inconnu 


September 

Oct.  Nov. 

Oct.  Nov. 

Oct.  Nov. 

Oct.  Nov. 

Oct.  Nov. 

November 

Nov.  Dec. 
January 
January 
Jan.  Feb. 
Jan.  Feb. 
February 
February 
Feb.  March 


The  following  were  selected  and  recommended  by 
the  Committee  for  the  '  Orchard '  or  for  the  '  Market 
Garden ' : — 

.     Aug.  Sept. 
.     Sept.  Oct. 


Beacon  (Rivers) 
Fertility  (Rivers) 
Souvenir  du  Congres 
Marie  Louise  d'Uccle 
Durondeau 
Conference  (Rivers) . 


Sept.  Oct. 

October. 

October. 

November 


All  these  are  hardy,  very  fertile,  and  of  good  flavour 
and  brilliant  colour  ;  and  grow  well  either  on  the  pear  or 
quince  stock  as  standards,  pyramids,  or  bushes. 


APPENDIX  II 


INSECT   PESTS 

By  H.  Somees  Rivers] 

The  following  insects  are  the  most  injurious  to  fruit 
trees,  though  some  parts  of  the  country,  particularly 
those  with  a  heavy  clay  soil,  seem  to  be  almost  wholly 
free  from  their  attacks. 

I.  Coleoptera  (Beetles). 

The  June  Bug  (Pliyllopertha  horticola)  occasionally, 
when  in  great  abundance,  does  much  damage  to  the 
fruit  trees,  devouring  their  blossoms  and  leaves.  The 
larva,  a  fat  whitish  grub,  with  the  last  segment  of  its 
body  larger  than  the  rest,  lives  underground,  where  it 
feeds  on  the  roots  of  grasses  and  strawberries.  The 
perfect  insect  is  about  half  an  inch  long,  and  has 
reddish-brown  elytra  and  dark-green  head  and  thorax. 

The  Green  Rose  Chafer  (Cetonia  auratct).  The 
larva  of  this  species  is  like  the  last,  only  larger,  and  has 
the  same  food.  The  pupa  is  enclosed  in  a  large  cocoon, 
covered  on  the  outside  with  pellets  of  earth.  The  beetle 
is  about  an  inch  long,  of  a  beautiful  metallic  green,  with 
whitish  spots  and  streaks  running  across  the  elytra,  and 
looking  like  cracks.     It  attacks  the  strawberry  blossom, 


APPENDIX  187 

mating  off  the  anthers,  and  thus  rendering  the  flowers 
abortive.  Being  a  large  species,  this  and  the  last-named 
beetle  may  be  easily  seen  on  the  flowers  and  picked  off 
by  hand ;  or  they  may  be  caught  with  a  bag  net  whilst 
flying.  If  the  grubs  are  numerous,  the  soil  should  be 
turned  over  and  hand-picked.  A  tame  rook  or  seagull 
is  the  best  remedy  for  those  at  the  roots  of  the  plants. 

The  weevils  of  the  species  Rhynchites,  small  metallic 
blue  and  copper-coloured  beetles,  pierce  the  tops  of  the 
shoots  of  various  fruit  trees,  and  lay  their  eggs  in  the 
hole,  thus  stopping  the  growth  of  the  shoots.  R. 
cupreus  lays  its  eggs  in  the  young  plums,  and  then 
gnaws  round  the  stem,  so  that  the  larva  feeds  in  the 
blighted  fruit. 

The  family  of  the  Otiorhynchidae  contain  three  ex- 
ceedingly destructive  insects : 

The  Black  Vine  Weevil  (Otiorhynchus  sulcatus)  is 
four  or  five  lines  in  length,  of  a  dull  black  colour. 

The  Clay-coloured  Weevil  (0.  picipes),  rather  smaller 
than  the  preceding  species,  is  of  a  reddish-brown  colour, 
mottled  with  ashy  scales. 

The  Red-legged  Weevil  (0.  tenebricosus)  is  pitchy 
black  and  rather  shining,  with  bright  chestnut  legs. 

None  of  the  species  have  wings,  their  wing-cases 
being  soldered  together.  Their  bodies  are  egg-shaped 
and  convex,  their  beaks  short. 

The  larvas — legless,  whitish,  hairy  maggots — live  on 
the  roots  of  the  food  plant  of  their  parents,  and  are  to 
be  found  from  about  August  to  the  following  spring. 


188  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

The  beetles  seem  to  be  almost  universal  feeders,  attacking 
vines,  apricots,  nectarines,  peaches,  raspberries,  straw- 
berries, and  nuts,  also  vegetables.  They  feed  on  the 
shoots,  leaves,  buds,  and  bark.  The  two  first-named  do 
great  damage,  especially  to  vines  in  hot-houses,  of  which 
they  eat  off  the  shoots,  whilst  their  larvag  attack  the 
roots.  These  weevils  are  night-feeders,  hiding  away  by 
day,  so  that  all  holes,  clods  of  earth,  rubbish,  &c,  should 
be  examined  carefully ;  as  they  are  the  same  colour  as 
the  soil,  they  are  rather  difficult  to  see.  A  very  good 
plan  is  to  provide  them  with  places  to  hide  under,  in 
the  shape  of  pieces  of  slate,  sacking,  wood,  &c.  When 
found  they  should  be  killed  at  once,  either  by  dropping 
into  boiling  water  or  by  the  finger  and  thumb. 

Another  weevil  which  does  a  good  deal  of  harm, 
especially  in  the  cider  counties,  is  the  Apple-blossom 
Weevil  (Anthonomus  pomorun).  The  female  attacks 
the  unopened  flower-buds  of  the  apple,  in  which  she 
makes  a  hole  with  her  beak  and  lays  a  single  egg,  closing 
the  opening  after  the  operation.  The  bud  grows,  and 
the  petals  are  of  their  normal  colour ;  but,  instead  of 
opening,  as  the  other  blossoms,  under  the  influence  of 
the  spring  sun,  it  remains  closed,  and  after  a  little  time 
the  petals  wither  and  turn  brown,  the  little,  wrinkled, 
white  maggot  having  eaten  the  anthers,  pistil,  and  ovary 
of  the  flower.  The  larva  turns  to  a  rust-coloured  pupa 
inside  the  withered  bud.  The  beetle  is  reddish-brown  ; 
on  the  elytra  is  a  V-shaped  white  mark  on  a  pitchy- 
coloured  patch.     The  bark  of  the  infested  trees  should 


APPENDIX  189 

be  kept  clean,  and  all  the  useless  rough  pieces  removed. 
All  rubbish,  &c,  round  them  should  be  cleared  away,  so 
as  to  give  the  beetles  no  hiding  places.  Shaking  the 
trees  over  sheets  spread  below  is  a  good  remedy,  as  the 
beetles  fall  to  theground  when  frightened.  Bandsof  cloth, 
plastered  over  with  a  mixture  of  tar  and  cart-grease 
and  tied  round  the  trunks  of  the  trees  in  April  and  May, 
will  catch  the  female  as  she  is  going  up  to  lay  her  eggs. 

The  Nut  Weevil  (Balaninus  nucum)  is  a  very  small, 
brownish  beetle,  easily  recognised  by  its  long  and 
slender  beak.  The  female  pierces  the  soft  young  nut- 
shell by  means  of  this  beak,  and  lays  an  egg  in  the 
hole ;  this  hatches  into  a  small,  fat,  white  grub  with  a 
much  wrinkled  skin,  which  feeds  on  the  kernel.  The 
nut  usually  falls  to  the  ground  early,  and  the  grub, 
when  full-fed,  gnaws  a  hole  through  the  shell,  buries 
itself  in  the  ground,  and  turns  to  a  whitish-coloured 
pupa.  Nuts  falling  before  their  proper  time  should  be 
collected  and  burnt  before  the  grub  has  escaped.  The 
beetle  is  to  be  seen  about  the  nut  bushes  in  the  beginning 
of  the  summer.  The  pupa  may  be  killed  by  stirring 
the  surface  soil  under  the  trees,  which  exposes  some  of 
them  to  the  weather  and  buries  others  too  deep  for  them 
to  be  able  to  get  up  to  the  surface  again. 

The  Shot-borer  (Xyleboms  dispar)  is  a  small  beetle, 
one-eighth  of  an  inch  long,  of  a  pitchy-brown  colour, 
with  a  cylindrical  body  and  a  very  large  thorax,  which 
has  done  much  injury  to  fruit  trees  on  the  Continent 
and  in  America  by  boring  its  tunnels  into  the  stems  so 


190  THE   MINIATUKE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

as  to  interfere  with  the  passage  of  the  sap,  and  clear 
out  some  of  the  central  pith.  It  is  rare  in  this  country. 
A  good  preventative  to  their  attacks  is  said  to  be  soft 
soap,  reduced  to  the  consistence  of  thick  paint  by  the 
addition  of  a  strong  solution  of  washing  soda  in  water, 
and  applied  to  the  bark  on  a  warm  morning,  so  as  to 
allow  it  to  dry  well. 

II.  Hymenoptera  (Bees,  Ants,  Sawflies,  &c). 

The  Gooseberry  and  Currant  Sawfly  (Nematus  ribesii) 
is  of  a  yellow  or  orange  colour,  the  head  and  thorax 
being  marked  with  black.  The  four  wings  are  trans- 
parent and  iridescent,  the  fore  ones  measuring  about 
half  an  inch  across,  from  tip  to  tip.  The  female  fly 
first  appears  about  April,  and  lays  her  eggs  along  the 
midrib  and  large  veins  of  the  gooseberry  and  currant 
leaves.  The  larva  is  bluish-green  with  black  dots,  the 
segment  behind  the  head  and  the  last  but  one  a  deep 
yellow,  the  head  and  last  segment  black.  They  may  be 
seen  clasping  the  edges  of  the  leaves  with  their  forelegs, 
while  the  last  half  of  their  bodies  is  turned  up  in  the 
air.  They  do  great  damage  to  the  leafage,  and  often 
cause  much  loss.  When  full-fed  they  crawl  down  the 
stems  of  the  bushes  and  turn  to  pupa?  underground. 
There  are  several  broods  during  the  summer,  the  late 
ones  remain  in  the  larval  state  underground  in  their 
cocoons  through  the  winter,  and  turn  to  pupas  and  then 
to  perfect  insects  the  following  spring.  The  caterpillars 
on  the  bushes  should  be  hand-picked  as  soon  as  seen. 
The  bushes  may  also  be  dusted  with  flowers  of  sulphur. 


APPENDIX  191 

soot,  &c,  while  the  dew  is  on  the  leaves,  so  that  the  dust 
sticks  on  well.  The  ground  under  the  bushes  should 
be  dressed  with  gas  lime  before  forking  it  over  in  the 
spring,  or  the  surface  soil  may  be  removed  in  the  autumn, 
and  buried  in  a  hole  dug  for  the  purpose.  It  should 
be  replaced  by  the  soil  from  the  hole  and  manure. 

The  Slugworm  is  the  larva  of  the  Pear  Sawfly 
(Selandria  atrct),  also  known  as  Tenthredo  cerasi, 
Eriocampa  limacina.  It  is  a  lumpy,  blackish  grub, 
about  half  an  inch  long,  largest  towards  the  head  end, 
and  covered  with  a  black  slime  which  exudes  from  its 
skin.  It  devours  the  upper  surface  of  the  leaves  of  the 
pear  and  cherry,  leaving  the  veins  and  lower  skin,  which 
causes  them  to  turn  brown  and  fall.  They  emit  a 
sickening  odour  when  in  large  numbers.  At  their  last 
moult,  they  cast  their  black  skin  and  become  buff- 
coloured  and  wrinkled.  The  larvae  turn  to  pupae  in  the 
autumn,  pass  the  winter  underground  in  that  state,  and 
appear  as  sawflies  about  July. 

These  are  stout-bodied,  shining,  black  little  flies  ; 
their  front  wings,  measuring  about  half  an  inch  from 
tip  to  tip,  are  membranous,  netted,  and  often  stained 
with  black.  The  larvae  should  be  dusted  with  quick- 
lime or  gas  lime,  a  second  application  closely  following 
the  first,  as  they  are  able  to  throw  off  the  first  by  ex- 
uding their  slime.  The  trees  may  also  be  syringed 
with  strong  soapsuds,  tobacco  water,  &c,  and  cleansed 
with  pure  water  afterwards,  or  the  larvae  may  be  hand- 
picked.     The  ground  under  the  trees  may  be  treated 


192  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

for  these  pupas  in  the  same  way  as  for  the  gooseberry 
sawfly.  The  sawfly  may  be  caught  by  shaking  the  trees 
over  a  sheet. 

Wasps  (Vespa  vulgaris)  cause  no  little  damage  by 
eating  the  plums,  pears,  apples,  &c.  Their  nests 
should  be  found,  tar  poured  down  the  hole,  and  a  spit 
of  earth  put  over  the  mouth,  after  dark  when  they 
are  all  at  home.  The  combs  should  be  dug  out  about  a 
day  or  so  afterwards  and  destroyed. 

Ants  climb  up  peach  and  nectarine  trees  when  in 
bloom,  and  eat  off  the  anthers  of  the  flowers.  A  broad 
band  of  chalk,  renewed  at  intervals,  drawn  round  the 
stem  of  the  tree,  stops  them  from  getting  up,  as  the 
crumbling  chalk  affords  them  no  foothold. 

III.  Lepidoptera  (Moths). 

The  Currant  Clearwing  (Sesia  tipuliformis).  The 
larvae  of  this  moth  live  inside  the  shoots  of  the  currant, 
feeding  on  the  pith  and  thus  injuring  them,  and  causing 
the  leaves  to  die.  They  are  whitish,  with  a  darker 
dorsal  line,  and  a  pale-brown  head.  The  perfect 
insect  much  resembles  a  gnat.  The  span  of  the  wings 
is  under  an  inch.  Both  wings  are  transparent,  and 
tinged  with  yellow  towards  the  margin,  which  is  black; 
there  is  a  central  orange-black  spot  on  the  forewings. 
The  head  is  black,  the  thorax  black  with  a  yellow 
stripe  on  each  side,  and  abdomen  black  with  three 
yellowish  rings.  It  is  to  be  seen  in  June.  Withered 
shoots,  noticed  on  the  bushes  in  the  summer,  should  be 
cut  off  and  burnt,  if  the  larva?  or  their  galleries  have 


APPENDIX  193 

been  found  by  the  examination  of  one  or  two  of  them. 
All  the  winter  prunings  should  also  be  burnt. 

The  Wood  Leopard  (Zeusera  cescidi).  The  larva  of 
this  and  the  following  moth  feed  in  the  trunks  of  many 
trees,  including  the  apple,  pear,  plum,  and  walnut, 
boring  large  holes  into  them,  and  often  killing  the 
tree.  The  best  method  of  killing  them  is  to  thrust 
a  strong  wire  up  the  hole,  and  if  the  end  has  wet 
whitish  matter  on  it  when  drawn  out  again,  the  larva 
has  been  reached.  Paraffin  oil,  tobacco  water,  &c, 
may  be  injected  up  the  holes  with  a  sharp-nozzled 
syringe.  The  brown  pupas  found  in  cocoons,  made  of 
little  bits  of  wood,  at  the  mouths  of  the  holes  in  May, 
June,  and  July,  should  be  destroyed.  The  full-grown 
larva  of  the  present  insect  is  about  an  inch  and  a  half 
long,  yellow,  with  raised  shining  black  spots.  There 
is  a  black  horny  plate  on  the  segment  behind  the  head, 
and  a  black  patch  on  the  anal  segment.  The  moth  is 
large  and  sluggish,  and  may  be  found  on  palings  and 
trunks  of  trees.  Its  wings  have  a  span  of  two  to  two 
and  three-quarter  inches,  and  are  semi-transparent, 
white  with  numerous  blue-black  spots,  which  are  less 
distinct  on  the  hind  wings.  The  thorax  is  white, 
spotted  with  black,  and  the  abdomen  grey. 

The  Goat  Moth  (Cossus  lignijoerclci).  The  remarks 
on  the  damage  done  by  the  larva  of  the  last  species 
apply  also  to  the  larva  of  this.  It  is  about  three 
inches  long  when  full  grown,  and  is  a  sort  of  dirty 
yellowish  or  flesh  colour,  with  a  broad    dark  reddish 

o 


194  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

stripe  along  its  back.  The  moth  measures  between 
three  and  four  inches  across  the  fore  wings,  which  are 
pale  brown  mottled  with  whitish,  and  marked  with 
short,  irregular,  wavy,  transverse  lines.  The  hind  wings 
are  of  a  pale  smoky  colour,  with  similar  but  indistinct 
markings.  The  thorax  is  grey,  marked  across  with 
darker,  and  the  abdomen  alternately  ringed  with  brown 
and  grey.  It  is  found,  from  June  to  September,  in  the 
same  places  as  the  wood  leopard. 

The  Figure  of  8  Moth  (Diloba  caerulocephala). 
The  larva  of  this  moth,  called  the  '  Bluehead,'  feeds  on 
the  leaves  of  the  plum,  apple,  &c.  It  is  about  two  inches 
long  when  full  fed,  smoky  green  above,  and  yellowish- 
green  below,  with  a  yellow  interrupted  dorsal  stripe, 
and  a  yellow  stripe  on  each  side  below  the  spiracles ; 
head  blue,  spotted  with  black,  as  are  all  the  segments 
of  the  body.  They  spin  cocoons  formed  of  bits  of 
bark,  &c,  in  which  they  turn  to  reddish-brown  pupae, 
on  the  twigs  and  stems  of  the  trees.  The  moth  comes 
out  about  September.  The  fore  wings  measure  about 
an  inch  and  a  quarter  across,  and  are  greyish-brown, 
with  two  small  white  kidney-shaped  spots  in  the 
middle  of  each,  resembling  the  figure  8.  The  hind 
wings  are  brownish.  The  caterpillars  easily  drop  off 
the  trees,  so  that  shaking  them  over  sheets  and  col- 
lecting those  that  fall]  is  the  best  method  of  destroying 
them.     They  may  also  be  sprayed  with  Paris  green,  &c. 

The  Buff-tip  Moth  (Pygcera  bucephala).  The  larva 
of  this  species  sometimes  does  serious  damage  to  the 


APPENDIX  195 

foliage  of  the  nut,  feeding  also  on  the  lime,  elm,  &c. 
It  is  about  an  inch  and  three-quarters  long  when  full 
grown,  yellow,  with  a  black  head  and  black  lines,  com- 
posed of  short  marks,  running  from  head  to  tail.  There 
is  a  transverse  orange  band  on  each  segment,  and  there 
are  scattered  silky  hairs  over  the  whole  larva.  The 
brown  pupa  is  to  be  found  at  the  foot  of  the  food  tree, 
either  just  below  the  ground  or  amongst  the  fallen 
leaves.  The  fore  wings  of  the  moth  have  a  span  of  over 
two  inches,  and  are  purplish-grey,  with  rusty-coloured 
and  black  markings,  the  tip  with  a  pale  ochreous  or 
buff  patch ;  the  hind  wings  are  yellowish-white.  The 
best  ways  of  destroying  the  larva  are  to  shake  it  down 
and  hand-pick  it. 

The  Lackey  Moth  (Gasteropacha  neustria).  The 
brightly-coloured  larvas  of  this  species  are  injurious  to 
the  foliage  of  the  apple  and  also  other  fruit  trees. 
They  are  about  an  inch  and  a  half  long  when  full  fed, 
bluish-grey,  with  two  black  eyelike  spots  on  the  head, 
two  black  spots  with  a  scarlet  space  between  them  on 
the  next  segment,  and  three  scarlet  or  orange  stripes 
along  each  side  of  the  body,  the  two  lowest  being 
divided  by  a  blue  stripe.  It  is  hairy,  the  hairs  being  dark 
brown  above,  and  golden  brown  towards  the  legs.  When, 
about  May,  they  first  come  out  of  the  eggs,  which  are 
fixed  in  bands  round  the  twigs  of  the  food  tree,  and 
pass  through  the  winter,  the  larvae  are  small,  black, 
and  hairy,  and  spin  large  web  nests  on  the  trees,  in 
which  they  live  together,  going  out  from  them  to  feed. 

o  2 


196  THE   MINIATUEE   FEUIT   GAKDEN 

They  disperse  before  they  become  full  fed,  and  after- 
wards spin  a  cocoon  of  moderately  firm  texture,  inter- 
mixed with  a  sulphur-coloured  powder.  The  moth 
appears  about  August.  Its  fore  wings  measure  about 
an  inch  and  a  half  from  tip  to  tip.  The  colour  varies 
from  pale  ochreous  to  sandy  red.  The  fore  wings  have 
two  transverse  brown  streaks  across  the  middle,  between 
which  the  colouring  is  sometimes  somewhat  darker. 
The  nests  should  be  cut  from  the  trees  when  the  larvas 
are  in  them,  on  a  wet  day  or  early  in  the  morning,  and 
destroyed  immediately. 

The  Gold-tail  Moth  (Porthesia  auriflua)  is  a  satiny 
white  moth,  with  a  brownish-black  spot  on  each  of  the 
fore  wings,  and  a  yellow  tuft  of  hair  at  the  extremity 
of  its  abdomen.  It  measures  a  little  over  an  inch 
across  the  wings.  It  is  found  in  August.  The  larva 
feeds  on  the  leaves  of  the  apple,  &c,  and  is  occasionally 
very  abundant.  It  is  black  with  a  whitish  dorsal 
stripe,  interrupted  by  small  humps  on  the  fifth,  sixth, 
and  twelfth  segments  ;  the  reddish  line  along  each  side 
of  this  stripe  has  a  row  of  white  dots  along  it,  and 
there  is  another  reddish  line  above  the  legs.  It  occurs 
in  May  and  June.  It  is  destroyed  by  hand-picking 
and  washes,  like  the  other  orchard  larvas. 

The  Magpie  or  Currant  Moth  (Abraxas  grossu- 
lariata).  The  larva  of  this  moth,  called  a '  looper,'  from 
the  loop  which  it  makes  with  its  body  when  walking, 
sometimes  appears  in  great  numbers  on  the  leaves  of 
the    gooseberry   and   currant,    and    nearly   strips   the 


APPENDIX  197 

bushes  of  them.     It  is  cream-coloured,  with  black  spots 
all  over,  and    two   large   black   dorsal  spots  on  each 
segment ;  there  is  a  reddish-orange  stripe  along  each 
side  over  the  spiracles  ;  the  whole  of  the  second  segment 
and  the  under  side  of  the  third  and  fourth,  and  of  the 
four  last  segments,  is  also  reddish-orange.    It  is  hatched 
in  August  or  September,  feeds  for  a  little  while,  and 
then  passes  through  the  winter,  either  sheltered  under 
the  leaves  on  the  ground,  or  spins  some  leaves  together 
and  hangs  in  them  from  the  twigs,  to  which  they  are 
attached  by  silk  threads.     It  appears  again  with  the 
new  leaves,  and  it  is  then  that  it  does  most  damage 
About  June    they  spin    a    slight   transparent    cocoon, 
attached  to  the  twigs  of  the  bushes,  or  to  palings,  &c, 
in  which  they  change  to  yellow  pupge,  which  afterwards 
become  shining  black  with  orange-coloured  rings.    The 
moth    appears   in    July  and   August ;    it    has  a   very 
sluggish   flight,    frequently   flying   by   day,    and   may 
be    easily   captured.     The  wings   measure   about   two 
inches  across,  and  are  white  with  several  rows  of  black 
spots.     The  fore  wings  have  an  orange  blotch  at  the 
base,  and  a  slender  orange  band  beyond  the  middle 
The  head  is  black,   the  thorax  orange,   with  a  large 
black  spot  in   the  middle,  and   the  abdomen  orange, 
with  five  rows  of  black  spots.     The  markings  are  very 
variable.     The  fallen  leaves  should  be  removed  from  be- 
low the  bushes  in  the  winter,  and  burnt,  a  thin  film  of 
the  surface  soil  being  also  skimmed  up  with  them  ;  the 
bushes  should  be  also  examined  for  those  which  have 


198  THE   MINIATURE   FEUIT   GARDEN 

spun  the  leaves  up.  The  caterpillars  may  be  destroyed 
in  the  spring  by  hand-picking  and  dusting  the  leaves 
with  quicklime,  soot,  &c,  when  the  dew  is  on  them,  so 
as  the  powder  sticks.  In  the  winter,  the  ground  under 
the  bushes  should  be  dressed  with  gas  lime. 

The  V  Moth  (Halia  wavarict).  The  looper  cater- 
pillar of  this  moth  is  pale  green  with  black  spots,  and 
four  wavy  yellowish-white  lines  on  the  back,  and  a 
yellow  line  over  the  spiracles.  It  is  found  on  currant 
and  gooseberry  bushes  in  May,  and  not  unfrequently 
strips  these  of  their  leaves.  The  moth  is  a  little  over 
an  inch  across  the  wings,  pale  grey  with  a  faint  violet 
tinge  ;  the  fore  wings  have  a  black  V-like  mark  near 
the  centre.  It  is  found  in  July.  The  same  remedies 
may  be  employed  as  for  the  magpie  moth. 

The  Winter  Moth  (Gheimatobia  brumatcu)  is  perhaps 
the  best  known  and  most  injurious  of  our  insect  pests. 
The  male  moth  measures  a  little  over  an  inch  across 
the  fore  wings,  which  are  greyish-brown,  with  several 
indistinct,  wavy,  darker  transverse  lines ;  the  hind 
wings  are  greyish-white.  The  female  is  incapable  of 
flight,  having  only  very  short  rudimentary  wings,  which 
are  dusky-grey,  with  two  transverse  lines  on  the  fore, 
and  one  on  the  hind  wings.  Her  legs  are  long,  and 
her  abdomen  very  large,  giving  her  the  appearance  of  a 
spider.  Her  supply  of  eggs  runs  up  to  about  250. 
She  appears  about  the  end  of  October,  and  creeps  up 
the  stems  of  the  trees  to  lay  her  eggs  on  the  buds  or 
twigs,  and   particularly  in   the  crevices  of  the   bark. 


APPENDIX  199 

The  batches  of  eggs  look  rather  like  patches  of  greyish 
mould.  The  larvas  vary,  being  sometimes  green, 
sometimes  brown,  striped  with  whitish  along  the  back. 
They  attack  everything :  buds,  flowers,  foliage,  and 
growing  fruit,  and,  when  in  great  numbers,  leave  the 
tree  brown  and  scorched-looking.  They  are  full  fed 
about  the  end  of  May  or  beginning  of  June,  and 
turn  to  pupee  below  the  surface  of  the  ground  at  the 
foot  of  the  trees.  The  fact  of  the  female  having  such 
a  lot  of  eggs  shows  the  great  importance  of  preventing 
her  from  laying  them  ;  this  is  done  by  'sticky-banding' 
the  trees.  A  strip  of  cloth  or  brown  paper  is  tied 
closely  round  the  trunks  of  the  trees,  and  some  sticky 
substance  smeared  on  it.  Cart-grease  mixed  with 
equal  proportions  of  Stockholm  tar  is  perhaps  the  best. 
The  bands  must  be  examined  frequently,  and  the  cap- 
tured insects  removed.  They  should  be  renewed  when 
necessary,  and  should  be  begun  in  good  time.  The 
caterpillars  may  be  syringed  with  various  washes,  such 
as  dilute  solutions  of  soft  soap,  quassia  chips,  paraffin, 
&c,  when  they  are  young  and  have  not  protected 
themselves  by  drawing  the  leaves  together.  When 
they  are  nearly  full  fed,  they  may  be  shaken  down  on 
to  sheets  spread  below.  Gas  lime  forked  a  few  inches 
into  the  soil  between  the  end  of  June  and  October  will 
destroy  the  pupee.  These  remedies  also  apply  to  the 
Mottled  Umber  moth,  the  description  of  which  follows. 
The  Mottled  Umber  (Hijbernia  defoliaria).  The 
male  of  this  moth  measures  about  an  inch  and  three- 


200  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

quarters  across  the  fore  wings,  which  are  pale  ochreous 
with  dark-brown  transverse  bands;  there  is  a  dark 
spot  in  the  middle  of  each  wing.  The  hind  wings  are 
paler,  and,  like  the  fore,  are  sprinkled  over  with  small 
dots.  The  female  is  entirely  apterous,  dark  brown, 
with  two  dark  spots  on  each  segment.  They  appear 
about  October.  The  looper  larva  is  reddish-brown  on 
the  back,  bordered  by  a  narrow  black  stripe  on  each 
side,  and  bright  yellow  below.  It  is  very  injurious  to 
the  various  fruit  trees. 

The  March  Moth  (Anisopteryx  Aescularia)  is  another 
moth  with  an  apterous  female,  whose  larva  is  injurious 
to  fruit  trees.  The  female  is  brown,  with  an  anal  tuft 
of  hair.  The  male  measures  an  inch  and  a  half  across 
the  wings.  These  are  fuscous,  with  various  darker  or 
paler  transverse  bands  and  lines ;  the  hind  wings  are 
lighter,  with  a  zigzagged  line  across  them.  They 
appear  in  March,  and  lay  their  eggs  in  bands  round  the 
twigs.  The  larva  is  green,  marbled  with  darker,  a 
white  line  along  each  side,  and  a  pale  spiracular  line. 
Where  practicable,  the  ends  of  the  twigs  should  be 
examined  in  March,  and  the  bands  of  eggs  destroyed. 
The  female  may  be  caught  by  sticky-banding  the  trees. 

The  Codlin  Moth  (Carpocapsa  pomonella).  The 
larva  of  this  little  moth  lives  in  the  inside  of  apples 
and  pears,  chiefly  the  former,  causing  them  to  fall 
prematurely,  when  they  are  known  as  '  worm-eaten.' 
The  moth  lays  an  egg  in  the  eye  of  the  newly-formed 
fruit,  from  which  the  grub  hatches,  and  eats  its  way 


APPENDIX  201 

into  the  apple.  It  passes  by  the  core,  and  makes  for 
the  stem  end,  where  it  bores  a  hole  out  of  which  to 
throw  its  excrement ;  this  done,  it  turns  back  again 
and  gets  to  the  core,  where  it  feeds  on  the  pips,  and 
thus  causes  the  apple  to  fall.  After  this  has  happened, 
the  grub  leaves  the  apple  and  crawls  up  a  neighbouring 
tree,  where,  having  found  a  convenient  place  in  the 
rough  bark,  &c,  it  spins  a  cocoon.  It  is  a  whitish, 
hairy  grub,  about  half  an  inch  long,  with  a  black  head, 
and  eight  spots  on  each  segment.  It  remains  in  the 
larval  state  for  several  weeks,  and  then  changes  to  a 
pupa,  which  passes  through  the  winter.  The  moth 
measures  about  half  an  inch  across  the  wings,  which 
are  grey,  with  numerous  darker  transverse  lines  ;  at  the 
bottom  corner  is  a  brownish-red  spot,  with  paler  mark- 
ings on  it,  and  edged  with  coppery.  All  the  fallen 
apples  should  be  collected  at  once  and  destroyed.  An 
artificial  resting-place  may  be  made  for  the  grub  to 
change  to  a  pupa,  by  tying  bands  of  cloth,  paper,  &c, 
round  the  tree  trunks,  undoing  and  examining  them 
from  time  to  time. 

The  Red  Plum  Grub  is  the  larva  of  Garpocapsa  fune- 
brana,  an  allied  species  to  the  last.  The  grub  is  pale 
red,  with  a  black  head ;  the  second  segment  is  yellowish- 
brown.  It  goes  to  work  in  the  same  way  as  the  last, 
causing  the  plum  to  drop  prematurely.  The  same 
remedies  may  also  be  applied  to  it  as  to  the  last.  The 
moth  is  smaller  than  the  codlin  moth,  measuring  only 
half  an  inch  across  the  fore  wings.     These  are  grey, 


202  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

clouded  with  smoky  grey ;  at  the  bottom  angle  is  an 
indistinct  spot  edged  with  shining  pale  grey,  and  with 
four  black  dots  in  it. 

The  Small  Ermine  (Hyponomeida  padelhis).  The 
larva3  of  this  little  moth  are  exceedingly  destructive  to 
the  foliage  of  various  fruit  trees.  They  are  about  half 
an  inch  long,  of  a  dirty  grey  colour,  changing  to  dirty 
yellow  when  full  grown,  with  black  spots;  they  live 
gregariously,  spinning  webs,  from  which  they  go  out  to 
feed.  When  full  fed  they  change  to  pupas  inside  their 
web,  spinning  a  slight  cocoon.  The  moth  appears 
in  July.  It  measures  about  three-quarters  of  an  inch, 
or  under,  across  the  fore  wings,  which  are  white  tinged 
with  grey,  sometimes  quite  grey,  with  three  rows  of 
black  dots  ;  the  hind  wings  are  lead  colour,  with  long 
fringes.  The  colours  are  very  variable.  The  nests 
should  be  cut  off  when  the  larvas  or  pupas  are  inside, 
and  destroyed.  The  trees  and  nests  may  also  be 
syringed  with  soft  soap,  mixed  as  thickly  as  practicable, 
and  a  little  paraffin  added. 

The  Pear-blister  Moth  (Lyonetia  Clerckella).  The 
larvas  of  this  minute  moth  attack  the  leaves  of  the 
pear,  sometimes  also  of  the  apple  and  cherry,  in  the 
inside  of  which  they  live,  making  mines,  which  appear 
as  long,  serpentine,  blister-like  lines  and  patches.  The 
larva  is  pale  green,  with  a  rusty  black-coloured  head. 
There  are  two  broods  of  them  in  the  year — one  from  the 
end  of  May  till  the  end  of  July,  and  another  in  Sep- 
tember and  October.     They  go  down  to  the  ground 


APPENDIX  203 

when  full  fed,  and  turn  to  pupse  under  the  clods  of  earth 
and  amongst  the  fallen  leaves.  The  perfect  insect  from 
the  first  brood  appears  from  June  to  August,  and  from  the 
second  in  November.  Some  of  these  last  appear  to 
hybernate  and  come  out  again  in  April.  The  fore 
wings  measure  only  one  third  of  an  inch  across,  and 
are  whitish,  with  a  longitudinal  fuscous  blotch  beyond 
the  middle,  and  a  deep  black  spot  on  the  apex.  Some- 
times the  fore  wings  are  suffused  with  a  bronzy  colour, 
concealing  nearly  all  the  markings.  All  leaves  and 
rubbish  should  be  carefully  raked  up  from  below  the 
trees  and  burnt,  in  order  to  destroy  the  pupa).  The 
leaves  where  the  mines  are  observed  should  be  picked 
off  and  destroyed  with  the  grubs  in  them. 

IV.  Homoptera  (Aphides,  Scale  Insects,  &c). 

The  different  aphides  are  too  variable  in  colour  and 
form  to  describe  without  entering  minutely  into  the 
subject.  We  have  chiefly  to  deal  with  the  apple  (A. 
malt),  the  plum  (A.  pruni),  and  the  cherry  aphis 
(A.  cerasi),  the  two  first  being  chiefly  greenish  and  the 
last  black,  and  are  known  as  the  green  fly  and  the  black 
fly.  They  pierce  the  leaves  and  shoots  of  the  trees 
with  their  beaks,  and  do  much  damage  by  drawing-off 
the  sap,  whilst  they  exude  a  sweet  gummy  matter, 
known  as  '  Honeydew,'  which  falls  on  the  other  leaves 
and  makes  them  dirty  and  unhealthy.  The  best  way 
to  deal  with  them  is  with  washes  of  soft  soap  and 
quassia,  tobacco  water,  &c. ;  the  shoots  may  either  be 
brushed  with  a  painter's  brush  dipped  in  the  mixtures 


204  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

or    else  syringed    with  them.      The   primings    should 
always  be  carefully  destroyed. 

The  American  Blight,  Woolly  Aphis  (Schizoneura 
lanigera),  infests  the  apple,  and  may  be  recognised  by 
the  white  cottony  or  woolly-looking  growth  on  the 
insect,,  whence  one  of  its  names.  This  aphis  is  chiefly 
to  be  found  in  neglected  orchards,  where  it  collects  in 
the  cracks  in  the  bark,  See,  of  the  trees.  The  washes  of 
soap  recommended  for  the  other  aphides  may  also  be 
used  successfully  for  this  species. 

The  Mussel  Scale  (Myt/tta&pispomorii/nb),  so  called  from 
its  resemblance  to  a  minute  mussel  scale,  attacks  many 
different  kinds  of  trees,  but  particularly  the  apple.  The 
scales  are  not  the  insects  themselves,  but  a  covering  by 
which  the  female,  a  whitish  grublike  insect,  is  sheltered, 
and  under  which  she  lays  her  eggs  and  then  dies.  The 
male  is  a  minute  two-winged  fly.  The  young  ones 
which  hatch  from  these  eggs  are  very  small,  flat,  and 
whitish.  They  have  eyes,  antennae  or  feelers,  a  rostra 
or  beak,  and  six  legs,  and  run  about  actively  for  a  short 
time  before  they  settle  down,  fix  themselves  on  to  the 
bark,  and  after  a  time  change  to  pupse.  They 
damage  the  young  shoots  by  inserting  their  rostra 
and  sucking  away  the  sap,  also  injuring  the  cells  of  the 
shoot.  The  scales  should  be  removed  by  lathering  the 
shoots  with  soft  soap  and  then  scraping  them  with  a 
blunt  knife.  It  is  best  done  in  the  spring,  as  then  the 
larvae  are  also  killed. 

The  Oyster  Scale  (Dia&pis  ostreevformis)  is  another 


APPENDIX  205 

little  brown  scale,  taking  its  name  from  the  resemblance 
to  a  miniature  oyster  shell.  It  attacks  the  pear,  and 
Bhould  be  destroyed  in  the  same  way  as  the  mussel  scale. 

The  Orange-tree  Scale  (Lecanium  hesperidum)  should 
be  treated  in  the  same  manner. 

The  White  Woolly  Currant  Scale  (Pulvinaria  ribesice) 
has  only  been  lately  observed  in  England,  though 
common  on  the  Continent.  The  scale  itself  is  dark- 
greyish  brown.  It  exudes  a  white  woolly  matter,  which 
forms  a  nest  for  its  eggs.  The  larvae  are  orange- 
coloured,  and,  like  those  of  the  other  scales,  run  about  on 
the  plants  for  a  little  time  hfifr.™  -~ L'1* 


Erratum 


pours  oi  legs,  two 

. — .,ig  lorwards  and  two  backwards.  Its  colour 
varies  from  yellowish  white  to  reddish.  It  is  very 
injurious  to  the  leaves  of  the  plum  and  other  fruit  trees, 
spinning  a  white  and  shiny  web  on  the  under  side,  and 
making  them  assume  a  yellowish,  marbled  appearance 
on  the  upper  surface.  Hot  dry  weather  seems  to  be 
most  favourable  to  them  ;  therefore  the  trees  should  be 


APPENDIX  205 

little  brown  scale,  taking  its  name  from  the  resemblance 
to  a  miniature  oyster  shell.  It  attacks  the  pear,  and 
Bhould  be  destroyed  in  the  same  way  as  the  mussel  scale. 

The  Orange-tree  Scale  (Lecanium  hesperiduni)  should 
be  treated  in  the  same  manner. 

The  White  Woolly  Currant  Scale  (Pulvinaria  ribesice) 
has  only  been  lately  observed  in  England,  though 
common  on  the  Continent.  The  scale  itself  is  dark- 
greyish  brown.  It  exudes  a  white  woolly  matter,  which 
forms  a  nest  for  its  eggs.  The  larvse  are  orange- 
coloured,  and,  like  those  of  the  other  scales,  run  about  on 
the  plants  for  a  little  time  before  settling  down.  They 
attack  the  black,  white,  and  red  currants,  the  injury 
arising  from  the  same  causes  as  that  done  by  the  other 
scale  insects.  The  same  remedy  may  be  employed  as 
for  the  mussel  scale. 

Having  now  come  to  the  end  of  our  list  of  insects, 
mention  must  be  made  of  two  injurious  little  animals 
belonging  to  the  order  of  the  Acarina  or  Mites,  of  the 
class  Arachnida. 

The  Red  Spider  (Tetranychus  telarius)  is  an  ex- 
ceedingly small  oval  mite,  with  four  pairs  of  legs,  two 
pointing  forwards  and  two  backwards.  Its  colour 
varies  from  yellowish  white  to  reddish.  It  is  very 
injurious  to  the  leaves  of  the  plum  and  other  fruit  trees, 
spinning  a  white  and  shiny  web  on  the  under  side,  and 
making  them  assume  a  yellowish,  marbled  appearance 
on  the  upper  surface.  Hot  dry  weather  seems  to  be 
most  favourable  to  them  ;  therefore  the  trees  should  be 


206  THE   MINIATURE   FRUIT   GARDEN 

well  syringed  with  water,  which  operation  also  renders 
them  more  healthy.  The  best  wash  for  syringing  or 
brushing  the  infested  leaves  is  made  by  taking  four 
ounces  of  sulphuret  of  lime,  and  two  ounces  of  soft  soap 
to  a  gallon  of  water  ;  the  first  two  ingredients  must  be 
well  mixed,  and  then  the  water  gradually  added,  the 
mixture  being  stirred  all  the  time,  when  a  uniform  fluid 
is  obtained.     It  should  be  used  warm. 

The  Currant-gall  Mite  (Phytoptus  ribis).  These  mi- 
croscopic mites  lodge  in  lai'ge  numbers  in  the  leaf  buds  of 
the  black  currant  and  cause  them  to  swell,  giving  rise  to 
an  abortive  growth  of  the  bud,  or  sometimes  destroying  it 
altogether.  The  mite  is  long  and  cylindrical  in  shape, 
with  the  skin  transversely  wrinkled  and  with  several 
large  bristles  :  the  four  legs  are  placed  under  the  fore 
part  of  the  body.  When  it  has  once  established  itself 
it  is  extremely  difficult  to  eradicate.  Attacked  shoots 
should  be  cut  off  and  burnt.  The  bushes  should  be 
pruned  closely  in  the  autumn  and  the  prunings  burnt. 
In  very  bad  cases  the  bushes  should  be  rooted  up  and 
burnt. 

In  conclusion  I  may  say  that  insectivorous  birds,  such 
as  the  warblers  and  tits,  are  of  great  service  in  de- 
stroying these  pests,  killing  them  where  we  should  often 
be  unable  to  reach  them,  and  should  be  encouraged  as 
much  as  possible. 

Note. — A  receipt  for  a  quassia  wash  will  be  found 
at  p.  143. 


INDEX 


APP 

Apple,  American  blight,  cure 
for,  76 

—  as  wall  trees,  98 

—  burr  knot  stock,  72 

—  bushes  on  paradise  stock,  79 

—  bushes  for  a  market  garden, 

83 

—  dormant  beds,  to  notch,  75 

—  double  lateral  cordon,  92 

—  doucin  stock,  71 

—  in  pots,  73 

—  pommier  de  paradis,  73 

—  pyramid,  summer  pinching 

of,  77 

—  pyramidal,  on  crab,  100 

—  quadruple  cordon,  92 

—  root-pruning  of,  74 

—  selection  of  sorts,  78,  79,  81, 

82 

—  summer  pinching  of  bushes, 

77 

—  single  lateral  cordons,  87 

—  to  keep  hares  from,  (iwte)  81 

—  vertical  cordon,  97 
Apricot,  pyramidal,  119 

Canker,  150 

Cherry,  as  bushes,  109 

—  biennial  removal  of,  117 

—  cure  for  aphis,  (note)  115 


Cherry,     double  -  grafting     of, 
114 

—  on  the  common  stock,  116 

—  on  the  mahaleb  stock,  109 

—  pruning  of,  112 

—  pyramidal,  113 

—  selection  of  sorts,  114,  119 

—  summer  pinching  of,  111 

—  vertical  cordons,  115 
Cordon  training,  164 
Currant,  pyramidal,  119 

Diagonal  single  cordons,  48 
Double  grafting  of  fruit  trees, 

130 
Dwarf  walls,  proper  distance 

for  trees,  40 

Figs,    as    half-standards    and 

bushes,  121 
Filberts,  as  standards,  120 
Fruit  trees,  advantages  of  root 

pruning  of,  59 

—  biennial  removal  of,  125 

—  distances  to  plant,  146 

Glass  fruit  ridge,  91 
Ground  vinery,  151-160 


Insect  pests,  186 


208 


INDEX 


MAB 
Market    garden    bush     apple 

trees,  83 
Medlar,  pyramidal,  119 
Moss    on    trees,    to    destroy, 

(note)  125 

Old    fruit-trees,    root-pruning 
of,  57 

Peach  border,  how  to  prepare, 
136 

—  on  dwarf  walls,  42 
Pear,  as  a  hedge,  53 

—  as    bushes  on    the    quince 

stock,  20 

—  biennial     root-pruning     on 

wall  trees,  44 

—  budding    with    fruit    buds5 

(note)  7 

—  dormant  buds,  to  notch,  7 

—  double-grafted,  (note)  32 

—  espalier   on  quince   stocks, 

43 

—  for  dwarf  walls,  40 

—  gathering  the  fruit,  66 

—  keeping  fruit   in   a  green- 

house, 69 

—  mature  pyramid,  8 

—  number  of  fruit  on,  2 

—  ornamental     pyramids     of, 

20 

—  planting,  61 

—  proper  time  to  plant,  2 

—  protecting  wall  trees,  137 


STB 

Pear,  pruning,  5-13 

—  pyramid  on  the  pear  stock, 

54 

—  root-pruning  of,  on  the  pear 

stock,  56 

—  root-pruning  on  quince,  13 

—  semi-pyramids  for  walls,  32 

—  shortening  leading  shoots, 

8-13 

—  sorts  for  bushes,  23 

—  pyramids,  17 

—  sorts  for  upright  cordons,  32 

—  summer  pinching,  8 

—  top-dressing,  56 

—  to  store  for  winter,  68 

—  under  glass,  35 

—  upright  cordon  training,  28 

—  upright  cordons  for  trellises, 

32,33 

—  upright  cordons   for  walls, 

32 

—  young  pyramid,  5 
Plum,  as  bushes,  105 
— -  as  cordons,  106 

—  on  sloe,  103 

—  pyramidal,  102 

—  selection  of  sorts,  104 
Pyramidal  fruit  trees,  summer 

pinching  of,  9-11 

—  planting,  (note)  61 


Standard  orchard  trees,  139 
Strawberries  in  ground  vinery, 
158 


Spollisicoode  &  Co.  Printers,  New-street  Square,  London. 


The  following  Publications,  sold  also  by  Messrs.  LONG- 
MANS &  CO.,  39  Paternoster  Row,  can  be  had  per 
post  from  THOMAS  RIVERS  &  SON,  Sawbridge- 
worth,  at  the  following  rates:— 

THE 

ROSE-AMATEUR'S    GUIDE. 

Edited  and  arranged  by  T.  FRANCIS  RIVERS. 

Containing  the  History  and  Culture  of  Roses,  with  Descriptions  of  a 
few  Select  Varieties,  Culture  of  Roses  in  Pots,  &c. 

ELEVENTH  EDITION. 

is. 


THE 


MINIATURE  FRUIT   CARDEN 

OR, 

DWARF  FRUIT-TREE   CULTURE   IN  SMALL   GARDENS. 

Edited  and  arranged  by  T.  FRANCIS  RIVERS. 

With  Hints  for  the  Cultivation  of  the  Pear  grafted  on   the    Quince 

Stock ;  the  Cherry  on  the  Cerasus  Mahaleb,  or  Perfumed  Cherry ;  and 

the  Apple  on  the  Paradise  Stock. 

TWENTIETH  EDITION. 
is. ;  post-free,  is.  3d. 


THE  CONCRESS   PAPERS,  Is, 


THOMAS  RIVERS  &  SON, 

THE    NURSERIES, 

SAWBRIDGEWORTH. 


THE    DESCRIPTIVE   AND   ILLUSTRATED 

CATALOGUE  OF  FRUITS. 

3d.  post-free. 

CONTAINING  A  DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  SORTS  OF  FRUITS 
NAMED  IN  '  THE   MINIATURE  FRUIT  GARDEN.' 


THE  DESCRIPTIVE 


CATALOGUE    OF    ROSES. 


Post-free. 


The  Nurseries  extend  over  more  than  100  acres  of 
land  exclusively  devoted  to  the  cultivation  of  Fruit 
Trees  and  Roses,  the  soil  being  eminently  adapted  for 
this  purpose.  The  climate  produces  a  hardy  constitution 
in  all  Fruit  Trees  and  Roses,  and  they  will  bear  removal 
to  any  part  of  the  United  Kingdom  without  injury. 

The  Nurseries  are  near  the  Harlow  and  Sawb  ridge  - 
worth  Stations  on  the  Great  Eastern  Railway. 

The  Orchard  Houses  contain  Specimen  Trees  on  Fruit 
during  the  greater  part  of  the  Summer. 


THOMAS   RIVERS  &  SON, 
SAWBRIDGEWORTH,    HERTS. 


The  follouing  varieties  of  Fruits  have  been  raised  from 
seed  by  Mr.  RIVERS,  and  can  be  recommended  by  him 
for  cultivation.  A  full  description  of  each  sort  is  given 
in  the  Catalogue  of  Fruits  by  Messrs.  RIVERS  &  SONS, 
Sawbridgeworth,  which  can  be  had  on  application,  post- 
free  for  3d. 


PEARS. 

Beacon. 

Summer  Beurr^d'Arem 

Dr.  Hogg. 

berg. 

Fertility. 

St.  Swithin's. 

Magnate. 

Conference, 

Princess. 

Parrot. 

EARLY    RIVERS'    CHERRY. 
NECTARINES. 


Advance. 

Albert  Victor, 

Byron. 

Chaucer. 

Darwin. 

Dryden. 

Goldoni. 

Humboldt. 

Improved  Downton. 


Lord  Napier. 

Milton. 

Newton. 

Pine  Apple. 

Rivers'  Orange. 

Spenser. 

Stan  wick  Elruge, 

Victoria. 

White  Rivers. 


PEACHES. 


Albatross. 

Alexandra  Noblesse. 
Condor. 

Crimson  Galande. 
Dagmar. 
Dr.  Hogg. 
Early  Alfred. 
Early  Beatrice. 
Early  Leopold. 
Early  Louise. 
Early  Rivers. 
Early  Victoria. 


Gladstone. 

Golden  Eagle. 

Goshawk. 

Lady  Palmerston. 

Large  Early  Mignonne. 

Magdala. 

Osprey. 

Princess  of  Wales. 

Rivers'  Early  York. 

Sea  Eagle. 

The  Nectarine  Peach. 


PLUMS. 


Archduke. 

Autumn  Compote. 

Blue  Prolific. 

Bittern. 

Curlew. 

Early  Transparent  Gage. 

Red  Transparent  Gage. 

Early  Favourite. 

Early  Rivers. 

Grand  Duke. 

Heron. 


Late  Transparent  Gage 
Golden    Transparent 

Gage. 
Late  Prolific. 
Late  Rivers. 
Monarch. 
Mallard. 

Rivers'  Early  Damson. 
Stint. 
Sultan. 
The  Czar. 


"Books  DATE 

DUE 

NOV  24  194 

i 

/f4 'jj    .J 

^ifeb 

■ 

i 

• 

■ 


■w 


LOO  I dl 

SB    3*G 


2 
3> 


.-•  -i 


ORESTRY 


1 


CULTURE 
\RY